2026-09-29; City Council; 05; Chinquapin Lift Station Improvements Project — Carlsbad City Council, September 29, 2026 (part 9 of 9)

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017
Supersedes Publication 150-SG009F-EN-P March 2013, 150-SG010F EN-P May 2017, 150-TD006A-EN-P A ugust 2014, 150-TD007A-EN-P August 2014, 150-AT002C-EN-P March 2013 Copyright © 2017 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

Rockwell Automation Support
Use the following resources to access support information.

Documentation Feedback
Y our comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete the How Are W e Doing? form at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/documents/du/ra-du002_-en-e.pdf.

Technical Support Center Knowledgebase Articles, How-to Videos, FAQs, Chat, User Forums, and Product Notification Updates. www.rockwellautomation.com/knowledgebase Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the phone number for your country. www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/get-support- now.page
Direct Dial Codes
Find the Direct Dial Code for your product. Use the
code to route your call directly to a technical support engineer.
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/direct-
dial.page
Literature Library Installation Instructions, Manuals, Brochures, and Technical Data. www.rockwellautomation.com/literature

Product Compatibility and Download Center
(PCDC)
Get help determining how products interact, check
features and capabilities, and find associated
firmware.
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/pcdc.page

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş., Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 İçerenköy, İstanbul, T el: +90 (216) 5698400 Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/about-us/sustainability-ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page. www.rockwellautomation.com
Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Stteet, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: ( 1) 414.382.2000, Fax: ( 1) 414.382.4444 Europe/Middle East/ Africa: Rockwell Automation NV, Pegasus Park, De Kleetlaan 12a, 1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: {32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automarion, Level 14, Core F, Cyberporr 3, 100 Cyberporr Road, Hong Kong, Tel: {852) 2887 4788, Fax: {852) 2508 1846 Terminal Blocks and Wiring Systems
Selection Guide Original Instructions
Control Circuit and Load
Protection
Bulletin Numbers 188, 1489, 1492, 1694
G Allen-Bradley
by ROCKWELL AUTOMATION
2 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 Control Circuit and Load Protection Selection Guide
What’s Inside
What’s New
This publication contains the following new or updated information. This list includes substantive updates only and is not intended to reflect all changes.

Topic Page
What’s New 2
1489-M Circuit Breakers 3
1492-SP Supplementary Protectors 20
1492-D Circuit Breakers 41
188 Regional Circuit Breakers 57
1492-RCD Residual Current Devices 80
1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors 90
1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices 102 1492-MC Circuit Breakers 109
1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors 118
1492-FB Fuse Holders 125
Additional Resources 135
Topic Page
1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices 102 Updated the 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Catalog Number Explanation 105 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 3 1489-M Circuit Breakers
Bulletin 1489-M thermal-magnetic Circuit Breakers are approved for branch circuit protection in the United States and Canada, and are certified as Miniature Circuit Breakers for IEC applications.

These branch protectors are compatible with many accessories to meet diverse application needs, including UL 508 Listed bus bars for convenience in panel assembly, auxiliary contacts, signal contacts and shunt trips for versatility, and lockout attachments for safety during maintenance.
• Current limiting
• Fast breaking time
•H i g h r a t e d v o l t a g e
• Dual terminals provide a more secure conn ection of up to four wires, or two wires and a bus bar
• Superior shock and vibration resistan ce to help prevent nuisance tripping • Terminal design helps prevent wiring miss es by directing wires into the terminal openings, even while tightening
• Reversible line and load connections
• Single and multi-pole toggle mount lock out attachments available for Lockout/ Tagout (LOTO)
• RoHS compliant and fully recyclable device
• Suitable for extreme ambient conditions
1489-M Circuit Breakers
Rated
Voltage
UL/CSA: Max. 480Y/277V
AC
IEC: U
e 230/400V AC
Interrupting
Capacity
UL/CSA: 10 kA
IEC: 15 kA
Current
Ratings

0.5…63 A
Poles 1, 2, 3
Trip Curves C, D
Standards
Compliance
UL 489
CSA C22.2 No. 5.1
EN 60947-2
GB 14048.2
Certifications
UL Listed, File No. E197878
CSA Certified, File No.
259391
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
RoHS Compliant
IP20 ﬁnger-safe design
(all sides)
Suitable for DIN
Rail mounting
Accepts right-mounted
shunt trips, auxiliary
and signal contacts
Terminal design helps
prevent wiring misses
Dual terminals provide
wiring/bus bar ﬂexibility
and clamp from both sides to
improve connection reliability
Indicator window
reﬂects contact state
red: closed; green: open
Scratch- and solvent-
resistant printing
4 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1489 – M 1 C 005
abcd
abcd
Voltage Type Poles Trip Curve Rated Current (In)
Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Current [A] M AC Circuit Breaker 11 -Pole CT r i p C u r v e C 005 0.5 22 -Pole D Trip Curve D 010 1
33 -Pole 016 1.6
020 2
030 3
040 4
050 5
060 6
070 7
080 8
100 10
130 13
150 15
160 16
200 20
250 25
300 30
320 32
350 35
400 40
500 50
600 60
630 63
I I
1-----------+-- I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 5 1489-M Circuit Breakers Product Selection
Product Selection
1-Pole Circuit Breakers
Photo/
Wiring Diagram
UL/CSA
Max. Voltage
IEC/EN
Max. Voltage
Continuous Current
Rating (In)
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No.
277V AC, 48V DC
230V AC

0.5 1489-M1C005 1489-M1D005
1 1489-M1C010 1489-M1D010

1.6 1489-M1C016 1489-M1D016
2 1489-M1C020 1489-M1D020
3 1489-M1C030 1489-M1D030
4 1489-M1C040 1489-M1D040
5 1489-M1C050 1489-M1D050
6 1489-M1C060 1489-M1D060
7 1489-M1C070 1489-M1D070
8 1489-M1C080 1489-M1D080
10 1489-M1C100 1489-M1D100
13 1489-M1C130 1489-M1D130
15 1489-M1C150 1489-M1D150
16 1489-M1C160 1489-M1D160
20 1489-M1C200 1489-M1D200
25 1489-M1C250 1489-M1D250
30 1489-M1C300 1489-M1D300
32 1489-M1C320 1489-M1D320
35 1489-M1C350 1489-M1D350
C Curve: 277V AC, 48V DC
D Curve: 240V AC, 48V DC 40 1489-M1C400 1489-M1D400
240V AC, 48V DC
50 1489-M1C500 1489-M1D500
60 1489-M1C600 1489-M1D600
63 1489-M1C630 1489-M1D630
1 1-pole
2 6 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Product Selection
2-Pole Circuit Breakers
Photo/
Wiring Diagram
UL/CSA
Max. Voltage
IEC/EN
Max. Voltage
Continuous Current
Rating (In)
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No.
480Y/277V AC, 96V DC
400V AC

0.5 1489-M2C005 1489-M2D005
1 1489-M2C010 1489-M2D010

1.6 1489-M2C016 1489-M2D016
2 1489-M2C020 1489-M2D020
3 1489-M2C030 1489-M2D030
4 1489-M2C040 1489-M2D040
5 1489-M2C050 1489-M2D050
6 1489-M2C060 1489-M2D060
7 1489-M2C070 1489-M2D070
8 1489-M2C080 1489-M2D080
10 1489-M2C100 1489-M2D100
13 1489-M2C130 1489-M2D130
15 1489-M2C150 1489-M2D150
16 1489-M2C160 1489-M2D160
20 1489-M2C200 1489-M2D200
25 1489-M2C250 1489-M2D250
30 1489-M2C300 1489-M2D300
32 1489-M2C320 1489-M2D320
35 1489-M2C350 1489-M2D350
C Curve: 480Y/277V AC, 96V DC
D Curve: 240V AC, 96V DC 40 1489-M2C400 1489-M2D400
240V AC, 96V DC
50 1489-M2C500 1489-M2D500
60 1489-M2C600 1489-M2D600
63 1489-M2C630 1489-M2D630
1 3
4 2-pole
2 \..1.. ;: -
• !I !o • •
~, 11~ v-:. ":"-
/ i[ill
\ ., .
• .
• •
~~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 7 1489-M Circuit Breakers Product Selection
3-Pole Circuit Breakers
Photo/
Wiring Diagram
UL/CSA
Max. Voltage
IEC/EN
Max. Voltage
Continuous Current
Rating (In)
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No.
480Y/277V AC
400V AC

0.5 1489-M3C005 1489-M3D005
1 1489-M3C010 1489-M3D010

1.6 1489-M3C016 1489-M3D016
2 1489-M3C020 1489-M3D020
3 1489-M3C030 1489-M3D030
4 1489-M3C040 1489-M3D040
5 1489-M3C050 1489-M3D050
6 1489-M3C060 1489-M3D060
7 1489-M3C070 1489-M3D070
8 1489-M3C080 1489-M3D080
10 1489-M3C100 1489-M3D100
13 1489-M3C130 1489-M3D130
15 1489-M3C150 1489-M3D150
16 1489-M3C160 1489-M3D160
20 1489-M3C200 1489-M3D200
25 1489-M3C250 1489-M3D250
30 1489-M3C300 1489-M3D300
32 1489-M3C320 1489-M3D320
35 1489-M3C350 1489-M3D350
C Curve: 480Y/277V AC
D Curve: 240V AC 40 1489-M3C400 1489-M3D400
240V AC
50 1489-M3C500 1489-M3D500
60 1489-M3C600 1489-M3D600
63 1489-M3C630 1489-M3D630
1 3 5
4 6
3-pole
2 ~ ~ ;~
• • • • !I i 0 , __ ,_
~- ~ ,,,G :!!"

1.IJ
:~/ill
~ -•·
~
U . ..
1(1[-m
I I I
~~~
8 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Specifications
Specifications
(2) Refer to the ambient te mperature derating tables.
(3) 35 mm self-declared, not included in IEC/EN approval. (4) Wires must be of like size and stranding. Up to two wires per terminal slot.

Electrical Ratings
Poles 1, 2, 3
Tripping characteristics C, D
Rated current (In) 0.5…63 A
Rated frequency [f] 50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui per IEC/EN 60664-1 250V AC (phase to ground) 440V AC (phase to phase)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Data per UL/CSA
Rated
voltage
AC
1-pole
C Curve 0.5…40 A 277V AC
50…63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5…35 A 277V AC
40…63 A 240V AC
2-, 3-
pole
C Curve 0.5…40 A 480Y/277V AC
50…63 A 240V AC
D Curve 0.5…35 A 480Y/277V AC
40…63 A 240V AC
DC 1-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC (2-pole in series)
Rated interrupting capacity per UL 489 10 kA
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 40 °C Electrical endurance
6,000 operations
(AC and DC);
1 cycle (1s - ON, 9s - OFF)
Data per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational
voltage (Ue)
1-pole 230V AC
2-, 3-pole 400 V AC
Highest supply or
utilization voltage
(U
max)
AC 1-pole 253/440V AC
2-, 3-pole 440V AC
DC (1)
(1) Self-declared IEC DC ratings.
1-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC
Min. operating voltage 12V AC, 12V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu) 15 kA Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics) ≤ 40 A: 11.25 kA > 40 A: 7.5 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. (1.2/50s)
4 kV (test voltage 6.2 kV
at sea level, 5 kV at 2,000
m)
Dielectric test voltage 2 kV (50/60Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics 30 °C Electrical endurance
1 cycle (2s - ON, 13s - OFF, In ≤ 32 A),
1 cycle (2s - ON, 28s - OFF, In > 32 A)
In < 30 A: 20,000 ops. (AC)
In ≥ 30 A: 10,000 ops. (AC)
1,000 ops. (DC)
Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Indicator window red ON/green OFF
Protection degree per EN 60529 IP20, IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Shock resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g – 2 shocks – 13 ms Vibration resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g – 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 In
Environmental
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
per IEC/EN 60068-2-30
28 cycles with 55°C/90-96%
and 25°C/95-100%
Ambient temperature (2) -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F)
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Installation
Terminal Dual terminal
Cross-section of wire (3) – solid, stranded
(front/back terminal slot)
35/35 mm2
18…4/18…10 AWG
Cross-section of wire – flexible
(front/back terminal slot) 25/10 mm
2 Multi-wire rating per UL, CSA
1 wire, 18…4 AWG
2-4 wires (4), 18…10 AWG
Cross-section of bus bars
(back terminal slot) 10 mm
2 Tightening torque
IEC 2.8 N•m
UL/CSA
AWG 18…16: 13.3 in•lb,
AWG 14…10: 17.7 in•lb,
AWG 8…4: 39.8 in•lb
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidriv
Mounting DIN Rail (EN 60715, 35 mm)
with fast clip
Mounting position Any
Supply Optional
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Pole dimension (H x D x W) 111 x 69 x 17.5 mm
(4.37 x 2.72 x 0.69")
Pole weight 125 g (4.4 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 9 1489-M Circuit Breakers Specifications
Power Loss Due to Current
Rated Current
[A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W]
Rated Current
[A]
Power Loss Per
Pole [W]

0.5 1.4 15 2.4
11 .4 1 6 2 .5

1.6 1.8 20 2.5
21 .8 2 5 3 .2
3 1.6 30 3.5
4 1.8 32 3.7
51 .9 3 5 4 .1
6 2.0 40 4.5
71 .1 5 0 4 .5
8 1.5 60 4.9
10 2.1 63 5.4
13 2.3 — —
Zero-stack Derating
The installation of several miniature circuit breaker side by side with rated current on all poles requires a correction factor to the rated current (not required if spacers are used).

No. of Adjacent Devices Factor
11 2,3 0.9
4,5 0.8
≥ 6 0.75
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 1 Pole 1 Pole
2-, 3 Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
67 mm
(2.6”)

84.8 mm
(3.34”)
111 mm
(4.37”)
74 mm
(2.9”)
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

35.0 mm
(1.38”)

52.5 mm
(2.06”)
69 mm
(2.7”)

84.8 mm
(3.34”)
111 mm
(4.37”)
75 mm
(3.0”)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 11 1489-M Circuit Breakers Application Information Application Information
Circuit Voltage
The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers are rated by voltage class.

Applications should not exceed the listed voltage and current range.

Circuit Frequency
The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers may be applied to frequencies of 50 Hz and 60 Hz without derating. For applications above 60 Hz, contact Rockwell Automation with specific application information for the derating of the circuit breakers.

Available Short Circuit Current
The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers should only be applied in those applications in which the available short-circuit (or fault) current is less than or equal to 10 kA (US/Canada) and 15 kA (IEC).

Tripping Characteristics
The trip curve characteristics are shown on the following pages.

The trip bands shown for each breaker represent current tripping limits for a circuit breaker and are within the limits established by UL.

The standard tripping characteristic for Bulletin 1489-M is Type C.

Type C has a magnetic trip activated at 5-10 times the rated current of the circuit breaker. The reference temperature for the thermal tripping characteristics is
30 °C. The Type C characteristic will suit most applications.

In rare occurrences when the Type C characteristic does not fully meet the application, Type D magnetic trip characteristic is available, allowing for transients approximately twice as high as the standard Type C.

For a specific current at 30 °C, a circuit breaker will open ("clear the circuit") automatically at some total time that will be within the minimum and maximum time shown on the curves. For example, a one-pole, 15 A, Bulletin 1489-M circuit breaker trips in not less than 1 s and not more than 200 s on a 30 A current. Because the UL standard defines this time spread, users should not specify exact tripping time. The lower current portion of the curves (upper left) depicts the time to trip due to thermal action and reflect overload protection of the wire and connect load. The higher current portion of the curves (lower right) depicts the trip due to magnetic action of the circuit breaker and reflects protection due to short circuit level currents.

Application Considerations
The following is a discussion of application considerations related to North American applications. When applying product to IEC regional requirements, follow IEC practices and guidelines.

The selection of a specific ampere rating for a specific application is dependent on the type of load and duty cycle and is governed by the National Electrical Code (Canadian Electrical Code) and UL/CSA.

In general, the codes require that overcurrent protection is at the current supply and at points where wire sizes are reduced. In addition, the codes state that conductors be protected according to their current carrying capacity. There are specific situations that require application consideration, such as motor circuit, and guidelines for the selection for transformer protection.

The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers are “non-100% rated” as defined by UL 489, para 7.1.4.2. As such, the circuit breaker's rating should be loaded to no more than 80% if used with continuous loads.

Line and load may be reversed. The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breaker may be bottom fed.

Branch Circuits
Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers may be used to protect branch circuits. A branch circuit is the wiring portion of a system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit.

Guidelines established in NEC, CEC, UL, and CSA should be used to determine the specific device. For example:

Motor Branch Circuit
Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers are not horsepower rated because they are able to safely interrupt currents far in excess of the locked rotor value for a selected motor. This ability is recognized in the codes and standards and is also established by the UL and CSA tests described in UL 489 and CSA C22.2 No. 5 standards.

The size of a Bulletin 1489-M circuit breaker should be determined following the guidelines for an Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.

References: NEC 430.51 and UL 489. Also see CEC and appropriate Canadian Standards.
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Application Information Transformer Protection
Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers may be used for transformer protection following the guidelines established.

References: NEC 450 and UL 489. Also see CEC and appropriate Canadian Standards.

Heater Load, Lighting, and Other Load Protection Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers may be used for protection of heater loads, lighting loads, and other loads following the guidelines established.

References: NEC Article 31 and UL 508A. Also see CEC and appropriate Canadian Standards.

SWD Rating
The Bulletin 1489-M breakers (0.5 … 20 A) are rated as Switch Duty (SWD) and as such may be applied to switch fluorescent lighting loads up to their current and voltage maximum.

Coordinated Overcurrent Protection
Where an orderly shutdown is required to minimize the hazards to personnel and equipment, a system of coordination based upon the faulted or overloaded circuit is isolated by selective operation of only the overcurrent protective device closest to the overcurrent condition. The user should select devices that meet this requirement. References: NEC 240.12. Also see CEC.

HACR Rating
Bulletin 1489-M Circuit Breakers are rated as Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration circuit breakers as defined by UL 489, paragraph 6.7 and may used in this type of application.

Current Limiting
Bulletin 1489-M Circuit Breakers are rated as current limiting circuit breakers as defined by UL 489, paragraph 8.6.

The Bulletin 1489-M line features the ability to achieve short circuit interruptions far more effectively than conventional breakers. In conventional circuit breakers, the short circuit interruption time required is approximately one or two half cycles of an AC sine wave.

When the contacts open, the resulting arc continues to burn until the current level passes through zero. The arc may re-ignite because of the insufficient width of the contact gap. The current that flows until the arc is extinguished produces a heating effect proportional to the I
2t value (let-through-energy) of the fault
current.

The Bulletin 1489-M device is designed to substantially reduce the amount of let-through-current and the resulting let-through-energy that can damage protected components. The Bulletin 1489-M has the ability to interrupt short circuit current within the first half cycle of the fault. Limiting let- through current and energy will protect against the harmful effects of overcurrent and is focused primarily on avoiding excessive heat and mechanical damage.

Both of these factors are proportional to the square of the current.

Thermal energy is proportional to the square of the RMS value and magnetic forces are proportional to the square of the peak value.

The most effective way to provide protection is to substantially limit let-through-energy. This provides the following advantages:
• Far less damage at the location of the short circuit. • Fast electric separation of a faulty unit from the system, especially power supplies connected in parallel that are switched off when the voltage of the power bus drops
below a certain level.
• Far less wear on the miniature circuit breaker itself. This means more safe interruptions.
• Better protection of all comp onents in the short circuit path.
• Far wider range of selective action when used with an upstream protective device. (No nuisance shut downs from feeder line interruptions, causing a blackout in all
connected branches.)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 13 1489-M Circuit Breakers Ambient Temperature Derating Ambient Temperature Derating
• The Bulletin 1489-M circuit breakers are rated in RMS amperes at a 40 °C (104 °F) ambient temperature per UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5. This temperature is used as the ambient temperature external to an industrial enclosure.
• If a circuit breaker is applied in a temperature that exceeds th e 40 °C (104 °F) ambient rating, then the circuit breaker should be derated using the table below. For IEC 60947-2 standard, the products carry an ambient rating of 30 °C.
• Follow standard IEC application considerations for temperature rating in differe nt ambient temperatures. • Application below 0º C is for non-condensing atmosphere. Care should be taken for applications below 0 °C. These devices are not certified to operate correctly in the presence of ice.

Reference temperature = 40 °C
Temperature Derating, UL
Bulletin 1489-M
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9

1.6 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.5
2 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9
3 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8
4 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.8
5 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 4.7
6 7.4 7.3 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.7
7 8.7 8.6 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.3 7 6.7 6.6
8 9.9 9.8 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.3 8 7.7 7.6
10 12.4 12.2 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.4 10 9.6 9.4
13 16.1 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 14.0 13.5 13 12.5 12.3
15 18.6 18.3 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.6 15 14.4 14.2
16 19.8 19.6 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.2 16.6 16 15.4 15.1
20 24.8 24.4 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 20 19.3 18.9
25 31.0 30.6 29.6 28.7 27.8 26.9 25.9 25 24.1 23.6
30 37.2 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.1 30 28.9 28.3
32 39.7 39.1 37.9 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.2 32 30.8 30.2
35 43.4 42.8 41.5 40.2 38.9 37.6 36.3 35 33.7 33.1
40 49.6 48.9 47.4 45.9 44.4 43.0 41.5 40 38.5 37.8
50 62.0 61.1 59.3 57.4 55.6 53.7 51.9 50 48.2 47.2
60 74.4 73.3 71.1 68.9 66.7 64.4 62.2 60 57.8 56.7
63 78.2 77.0 74.7 72.3 70.0 67.7 65.3 63 60.7 59.5
Ambient temperature (°C)Current Rating
(A)
Reference temperature = 30 °C
Temperature Derating, IEC

Bulletin 1489-M
- 2 5 - 2 0 - 1 0 0 1 02 03 04 05 05 5

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9 0.9

1.6 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
2 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 1.8
3 3.6 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8 2.7
4 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.7 3.6
5 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 4.6 4.5
6 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.6 5.4
7 8.4 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.3 7 6.7 6.5 6.4
8 9.6 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.3 8 7.7 7.4 7.3
10 12.0 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.4 10 9.6 9.3 9.1
13 15.6 15.4 14.9 14.4 14.0 13.5 13 12.5 12.0 11.8
15 18.1 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.6 15 14.4 13.9 13.6
16 19.3 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.2 16.6 16 15.4 14.8 14.5
20 24.1 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 20 19.3 18.5 18.2
25 30.1 29.6 28.7 27.8 26.9 25.9 25 24.1 23.2 22.7
30 36.1 35.6 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.1 30 28.9 27.8 27.2
32 38.5 37.9 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.2 32 30.8 29.6 29.0
35 42.1 41.5 40.2 38.9 37.6 36.3 35 33.7 32.4 31.8
40 48.1 47.4 45.9 44.4 43.0 41.5 40 38.5 37.0 36.3
50 60.2 59.3 57.4 55.6 53.7 51.9 50 48.2 46.3 45.4
60 72.2 71.1 68.9 66.7 64.4 62.2 60 57.8 55.6 54.5
63 75.8 74.7 72.3 70.0 67.7 65.3 63 60.7 58.3 57.2
Ambient temperature (°C)Current Rating
(A)
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
• DC trip curves – When using 1489-M_ on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a factor of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For C trip curve = 7.5 to 15 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • For D trip curve = 15 to 30 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

C Curve D Curve
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time (s)
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time (s)
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
100
60 40
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
I, I, 11 = 1.05xl, 12 =1 .3xl, Sa= 30°C
G)
~l
1 '-
' \
....
~
.. -.....,,
l
"""'""' ""
"" ~
--:.-:.-:..._-:..._-:..._,
-
"v
'- \.
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
5 10
_____.
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
100
60 40
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
I, I, I,= 1.05 x I, 1, = 1.3 x I, Sa= 30°C
G)
q )
1 • '-
' \ ..
-[R] ....
-- ,.....
f-
l
"""'""'""
"' ~
- - 1""""
--::.::.::.::.::.::.::.::,
"v
\.. \...
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
10 20
_____.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 15 1489-M Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessories
Right Mount
Photo
Product
Description
(1) (2) (3)
(1) A maximum of two auxiliary contacts OR one signal contact and one auxiliary contact may installed with or without one shunt trip per 1489-M.

If a shunt trip is not used, two signal contacts may be installed per 1489-M. (2) A maximum of three accessories may be installed per 1489-M. Th e shunt trip must be mounted closest to the 1489-M, then the signal contact, then the auxiliary contact(s).

For allowed combinations, and installation instructions please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. (3) The shunt trips are allowed two wires per terminal (one wire per terminal slot). The signal and auxiliary contacts are allowed up to two wires per terminal.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Shunt Trip
UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
EN 60947-5-2
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE Marked
110…415V AC
110…250V DC — 1489-AMST1
UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
EN 60947-5-2
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE Marked
12…60V AC/DC — 1489-AMST2
Signal Contact
1 N.O./N.C.
(1 C.O.) UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1A @ 480V AC
2A @ 277V AC

1.5A @ 125V DC
2A @ 60V DC
4A @ 24V DC
2A @ 230V (AC-14)
1A @ 400V (AC-14)

1.5A @ 110V (DC-12)
1A @ 220V (DC-12)
4A @ 24V (DC-13)
2A @ 60V (DC-13)
1489-AMRS3
Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O./N.C.
(1 C.O.) UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1A @ 480V AC
2A @ 277V AC

1.5A @ 125V DC
2A @ 60V DC
4A @ 24V DC
2A @ 230V (AC-14)
1A @ 400V (AC-14)

1.5A @ 110V (DC-12)
1A @ 220V (DC-12)
4A @ 24V (DC-13)
2A @ 60V (DC-13)
1489-AMRA3
Toggle Mount
Photo Product Description Cat. No.

Lock-out attachment for 1-pole MCB 189-ALOA1
Lock-out attachment for multi-pole MCB 189-ALOA2
C1
C2
9698
95 1214
11 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1489-AMST1 and 1489-AMST2
1489-AMRS3
1489-AMRA3

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
99 mm
(3.90”)

64.2 mm
(2.53”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
99 mm
(3.90”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
99 mm
(3.90”)
----- 11111D 0
IDllDI 0 ----7
00 0 D°
~·o·o :o:~
0 0
0 0 0 0
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 17 1489-M Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bars
1489-M Bus Bars 1489-M Bus Bar Accessories
Phase No. of Pins No. of Circuit
Breakers Pkg. Qty. Cat. No. (1) (2)
(1) cULus, UL 508, EN 60947-1, CE Marked
(2) Maximum of three bus bars allowed
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No. (1)
1-Phase
66 1 0 1489-AMCL106 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2 10 1489-AMCLT35 12 12 10 1489-AMCL112 Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 1489-AMCLT50D 18 18 10 1489-AMCL118 Protective Shroud (for unused pins) 10 1489-AMCLPS 2-Phase
63 1 0 1489-AMCL206
12 6 10 1489-AMCL212
18 9 10 1489-AMCL218
3-Phase
62 1 0 1489-AMCL306
12 4 10 1489-AMCL312
18 6 10 1489-AMCL318
AWG lb-in Nm
14 12-8
6-2
21 25
36 2.3

2.8 4.0
Z2
1489-M3...
1489-AMCLPS
4 mm
1489-AMCLT50D
1489-AMCLT35
Do not cut bus bars. Maximum of 3 bus bars allowed
in any combination of the same phase configuration.

Multiple bus bars must be installed back-to-back.
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1489-M Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1-Phase Bus Bars
2-Phase Bus Bars

32.5 mm
(1.28”)

15.5 mm
(0.61”)
46 mm
(1.81”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
310.2 mm
(12.21”)
17 x 17.6 mm = 299.2 mm
(17 x 0.69” = 11.78”)
5 99 mm
(3.90”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”) 5 x 17.6 mm = 88 mm
(5 x 0.69” = 3.46”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
204.6 mm
(8.06”)
11 x 17.6 mm = 193.6 mm
(11 x 0.69” = 7.62”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
5 mm
(0.19”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
1489-AMCL106 1489-AMCL112
1489-AMCL118
5 32.5 mm
(1.28”)

15.5 mm
(0.61”)
46 mm
(1.81”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
17 x 17.6 mm = 299.2 mm
(17 x 0.69” = 11.78”)
99 mm
(3.90”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”) 5 x 17.6 mm = 88 mm
(5 x 0.69” = 3.46”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
204.6 mm
(8.06”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
310.2 mm
(12.21”)
11 x 17.6 mm = 193.6 mm
(11 x 0.69” = 7.62”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
1489-AMCL206 1489-AMCL212
1489-AMCL218
tfh ltlW1000VH:«-
~ =-~ CE ·~ -1 •,:::;•-""
_.,,__ 1-
= =
CE ·~ -, __ 1 •,:::;•=--'""
I
CE ·12- •-
·.::i-~..,
'
~ 11-ACICIC1-
~=-~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 19 1489-M Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
3-Phase Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes .

Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
1489-AMCLT35 1489-AMCLT50D
1489-AMCLPS

32.5 mm
(1.28”)

15.5 mm
(0.61”)
46 mm
(1.81”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
17 x 17.6 mm = 299.2 mm
(17 x 0.69” = 11.78”)
99 mm
(3.90”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”) 5 x 17.6 mm = 88 mm
(5 x 0.69” = 3.46”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
204.6 mm
(8.06”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
5 mm
(0.19”)
310.2 mm
(12.21”)
11 x 17.6 mm = 193.6 mm
(11 x 0.69” = 7.62”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
1489-AMCL306 1489-AMCL312
1489-AMCL318
14 mm
(0.55”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

72.1 mm
(2.84”)

16.2 mm
(0.64”)
3 mm
(0.12”)

31.1 mm
(1.22”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

28.8 mm
(1.13”)
51 mm
(2.0”)

17.6mm
(0.69”)
4 mm
(0.15”)

12.6 mm
(0.50”)
6 mm
(0.23)

31.2 mm
(1.23”)
13 mm
(0.51”)
7 mm
(0.28”)

48.2 mm
(1.9”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
2 X 17.6 mm = 35.2 mm
(2 x 0.69” = 1.39”)
16 mm
(0.63”)
24 mm
(0.94”)

3.6 mm
(0.14”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
CE ·§1- •- 1
TI L3 I TI L~- F ~ =- ,_ L:

CE ·§!- -
M-ln Go,,,,.,,.,~ ,::: •~ro,
I L3
7 1r
D
lli ~~ • ~ ljl
; 11:
lhil,
J
~•l!l1
C-
t,
-
-
-
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 20 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors
Bulletin 1492-SP thermal magnetic Supplementary Protectors provide overcurrent protection for equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided, or is not required. These devices are also Miniature Circuit Breakers as defined by IEC Standards.

These supplementary protectors are offered as a broad portfolio of pole variants, current ratings, and trip curves to match the appropriate level of protection for your application. They may be used with UL 508 Listed bus bars for convenience in panel assembly, a wide range of left-, right- and space saving bottom-mount accessories, and lock out attachments for safety during maintenance.
• Current limiting
• Fast breaking time
• Existing installations can be easily upgraded to include an auxiliary using the bottom mounted auxiliary contact options, which require no DIN Rail space • 40 °C calibration temperature (UL/CSA) eliminates need to derate for 508A industrial control panel installations
• Installation of up to six accessories on the same circuit breaker • Dual terminals provide a more secure connec tion of up to four wires, or two wires and a bus bar
• Superior shock and vibration resist ance to prevent nuisance tripping • Terminal design helps prevent wiring miss es by directing wires into the terminal openings, even while tightening
• Reversible line and load connections
• Single and multi-pole toggle mount lock out attachments available for Lockout/ Tagout (LOTO)
• RoHS compliant and fully-recyclable device
• Suitable for extreme ambient conditions
1492-SP Supplementary Protectors
Rated
Voltage
UL/CSA: Max. 480Y/277V
AC
IEC: U
e 230/400V AC
Interrupting
Capacity
UL/CSA: 5…10 kA
IEC: 15 kA
Current
Ratings

0.5…63 A
Poles 1, 2, 3, 1+N, 3+N
Trip Curves B, C, D
Standards
Compliance
UL 1077
CSA C22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-2
GB 14048.2
Certifications
UL Recognized,
File No. E65138 (1)
CSA Certified,
File No. 259391
(1)
DNV GL Type Approval
CE Marked
CCC Certified
VDE Certified
RoHS Compliant
(1) 1+N and 3+N devices are not UL recognized
or CSA certified.

Accepts a wide variety of right,
left, and space saving
bottom-mounted accessories
Scratch- and solvent-
resistant printing
Approval marks are
easily visible on dome
Suitable for DIN
Rail mounting
IP20 ﬁnger-safe
design (all sides)
Terminal design helps
prevent wiring misses
Dual terminals provide
wiring/bus bar ﬂexibility
and clamp from both sides to
improve connection reliability
Indicator window
reﬂects contact state
red: closed; green: open
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 21 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492 – SPM 1 C 010 N
abcde
ac d e
Voltage Type Trip Curve Rated Current (In)+ Neutral
(available for 1+N and 3+N
configurations)Code Description Code Description Code Current [A] SPM AC Supplementary
Protector B Trip Curve B 005 0.5 Code Description
C Trip Curve C 010 1 Can be left blank
D Trip Curve D 020 2 N+ Neutral
b 030 3
Poles 040 4
Code Description 050 5
11 -Pole 060 6
22 -Pole 070 7
33 -Pole 080 8
100 10
130 13
150 15
160 16
200 20
250 25
300 30
320 32
400 40
500 50
630 63
I I
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Product Selection Product Selection
1-Pole Supplementary Protectors
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve B
Resistive or Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 1492-SPM1B005 1492-SPM1C005 1492-SPM1D005
1 1492-SPM1B010 1492-SPM1C010 1492-SPM1D010
2 1492-SPM1B020 1492-SPM1C020 1492-SPM1D020
3 1492-SPM1B030 1492-SPM1C030 1492-SPM1D030
4 1492-SPM1B040 1492-SPM1C040 1492-SPM1D040
5 1492-SPM1B050 1492-SPM1C050 1492-SPM1D050
6 1492-SPM1B060 1492-SPM1C060 1492-SPM1D060
7 1492-SPM1B070 1492-SPM1C070 1492-SPM1D070
8 1492-SPM1B080 1492-SPM1C080 1492-SPM1D080
10 1492-SPM1B100 1492-SPM1C100 1492-SPM1D100
13 1492-SPM1B130 1492-SPM1C130 1492-SPM1D130
15 1492-SPM1B150 1492-SPM1C150 1492-SPM1D150
16 1492-SPM1B160 1492-SPM1C160 1492-SPM1D160
20 1492-SPM1B200 1492-SPM1C200 1492-SPM1D200
25 1492-SPM1B250 1492-SPM1C250 1492-SPM1D250
30 1492-SPM1B300 1492-SPM1C300 1492-SPM1D300
32 1492-SPM1B320 1492-SPM1C320 1492-SPM1D320
40 1492-SPM1B400 1492-SPM1C400 1492-SPM1D400
50 1492-SPM1B500 1492-SPM1C500 1492-SPM1D500
63 1492-SPM1B630 1492-SPM1C630 1492-SPM1D630
1-Pole + Neutral Supplementary Protectors(1)
(1) 1+N configurations are not UL or CSA certified.

Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve B
Resistive or Slightly
Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 1492-SPM1B005-N 1492-SPM1C005-N 1492-SPM1D005-N
1 1492-SPM1B010-N 1492-SPM1C010-N 1492-SPM1D010-N
2 1492-SPM1B020-N 1492-SPM1C020-N 1492-SPM1D020-N
3 1492-SPM1B030-N 1492-SPM1C030-N 1492-SPM1D030-N
4 1492-SPM1B040-N 1492-SPM1C040-N 1492-SPM1D040-N
5 1492-SPM1B050-N 1492-SPM1C050-N 1492-SPM1D050-N
6 1492-SPM1B060-N 1492-SPM1C060-N 1492-SPM1D060-N
7 1492-SPM1B070-N 1492-SPM1C070-N 1492-SPM1D070-N
8 1492-SPM1B080-N 1492-SPM1C080-N 1492-SPM1D080-N
10 1492-SPM1B100-N 1492-SPM1C100-N 1492-SPM1D100-N
13 1492-SPM1B130-N 1492-SPM1C130-N 1492-SPM1D130-N
15 1492-SPM1B150-N 1492-SPM1C150-N 1492-SPM1D150-N
16 1492-SPM1B160-N 1492-SPM1C160-N 1492-SPM1D160-N
20 1492-SPM1B200-N 1492-SPM1C200-N 1492-SPM1D200-N
25 1492-SPM1B250-N 1492-SPM1C250-N 1492-SPM1D250-N
30 1492-SPM1B300-N 1492-SPM1C300-N 1492-SPM1D300-N
32 1492-SPM1B320-N 1492-SPM1C320-N 1492-SPM1D320-N
40 1492-SPM1B400-N 1492-SPM1C400-N 1492-SPM1D400-N
50 1492-SPM1B500-N 1492-SPM1C500-N 1492-SPM1D500-N
63 1492-SPM1B630-N 1492-SPM1C630-N 1492-SPM1D630-N
1 1-pole
2 1 N
N
N1-pole +
2 ....
- - --
'
1•1•
• • ~t I\
I -,.

I
.
• I"•
*~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 23 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Product Selection 2-Pole Supplementary Protectors
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve B
Resistive or Slightly
Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 1492-SPM2B005 1492-SPM2C005 1492-SPM2D005
1 1492-SPM2B010 1492-SPM2C010 1492-SPM2D010
2 1492-SPM2B020 1492-SPM2C020 1492-SPM2D020
3 1492-SPM2B030 1492-SPM2C030 1492-SPM2D030
4 1492-SPM2B040 1492-SPM2C040 1492-SPM2D040
5 1492-SPM2B050 1492-SPM2C050 1492-SPM2D050
6 1492-SPM2B060 1492-SPM2C060 1492-SPM2D060
7 1492-SPM2B070 1492-SPM2C070 1492-SPM2D070
8 1492-SPM2B080 1492-SPM2C080 1492-SPM2D080
10 1492-SPM2B100 1492-SPM2C100 1492-SPM2D100
13 1492-SPM2B130 1492-SPM2C130 1492-SPM2D130
15 1492-SPM2B150 1492-SPM2C150 1492-SPM2D150
16 1492-SPM2B160 1492-SPM2C160 1492-SPM2D160
20 1492-SPM2B200 1492-SPM2C200 1492-SPM2D200
25 1492-SPM2B250 1492-SPM2C250 1492-SPM2D250
30 1492-SPM2B300 1492-SPM2C300 1492-SPM2D300
32 1492-SPM2B320 1492-SPM2C320 1492-SPM2D320
40 1492-SPM2B400 1492-SPM2C400 1492-SPM2D400
50 1492-SPM2B500 1492-SPM2C500 1492-SPM2D500
63 1492-SPM2B630 1492-SPM2C630 1492-SPM2D630
3-Pole Supplementary Protectors
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve B
Resistive or Slightly
Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 1492-SPM3B005 1492-SPM3C005 1492-SPM3D005
1 1492-SPM3B010 1492-SPM3C010 1492-SPM3D010
2 1492-SPM3B020 1492-SPM3C020 1492-SPM3D020
3 1492-SPM3B030 1492-SPM3C030 1492-SPM3D030
4 1492-SPM3B040 1492-SPM3C040 1492-SPM3D040
5 1492-SPM3B050 1492-SPM3C050 1492-SPM3D050
6 1492-SPM3B060 1492-SPM3C060 1492-SPM3D060
7 1492-SPM3B070 1492-SPM3C070 1492-SPM3D070
8 1492-SPM3B080 1492-SPM3C080 1492-SPM3D080
10 1492-SPM3B100 1492-SPM3C100 1492-SPM3D100
13 1492-SPM3B130 1492-SPM3C130 1492-SPM3D130
15 1492-SPM3B150 1492-SPM3C150 1492-SPM3D150
16 1492-SPM3B160 1492-SPM3C160 1492-SPM3D160
20 1492-SPM3B200 1492-SPM3C200 1492-SPM3D200
25 1492-SPM3B250 1492-SPM3C250 1492-SPM3D250
30 1492-SPM3B300 1492-SPM3C300 1492-SPM3D300
32 1492-SPM3B320 1492-SPM3C320 1492-SPM3D320
40 1492-SPM3B400 1492-SPM3C400 1492-SPM3D400
50 1492-SPM3B500 1492-SPM3C500 1492-SPM3D500
63 1492-SPM3B630 1492-SPM3C630 1492-SPM3D630
1 3
4 2-pole
2 1 3 5
4 6
3-pole
2 I
•
~"
~~
._ ._
I
t •••
I I
., .

II
' Q )Q );;;f
r I - i
' .. ~
I I I
~~~
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Product Selection 3-Pole + Neutral Supplementary Protectors(1)
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve B
Resistive or Slightly
Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 1492-SPM3B005-N 1492-SPM3C005-N 1492-SPM3D005-N
1 1492-SPM3B010-N 1492-SPM3C010-N 1492-SPM3D010-N
2 1492-SPM3B020-N 1492-SPM3C020-N 1492-SPM3D020-N
3 1492-SPM3B030-N 1492-SPM3C030-N 1492-SPM3D030-N
4 1492-SPM3B040-N 1492-SPM3C040-N 1492-SPM3D040-N
5 1492-SPM3B050-N 1492-SPM3C050-N 1492-SPM3D050-N
6 1492-SPM3B060-N 1492-SPM3C060-N 1492-SPM3D060-N
7 1492-SPM3B070-N 1492-SPM3C070-N 1492-SPM3D070-N
8 1492-SPM3B080-N 1492-SPM3C080-N 1492-SPM3D080-N
10 1492-SPM3B100-N 1492-SPM3C100-N 1492-SPM3D100-N
13 1492-SPM3B130-N 1492-SPM3C130-N 1492-SPM3D130-N
15 1492-SPM3B150-N 1492-SPM3C150-N 1492-SPM3D150-N
16 1492-SPM3B160-N 1492-SPM3C160-N 1492-SPM3D160-N
20 1492-SPM3B200-N 1492-SPM3C200-N 1492-SPM3D200-N
25 1492-SPM3B250-N 1492-SPM3C250-N 1492-SPM3D250-N
30 1492-SPM3B300-N 1492-SPM3C300-N 1492-SPM3D300-N
32 1492-SPM3B320-N 1492-SPM3C320-N 1492-SPM3D320-N
40 1492-SPM3B400-N 1492-SPM3C400-N 1492-SPM3D400-N
50 1492-SPM3B500-N 1492-SPM3C500-N 1492-SPM3D500-N
63 1492-SPM3B630-N 1492-SPM3C630-N 1492-SPM3D630-N
(1) 3+N configurations are not UL or CSA certified.
1 3 5 N
N4 6
3-pole + N
2 r, •••• ' , ,,,..-
,, ...• ,. ,.,.
,, I - -
r, '•
•••• . ··~~

I I I I
~~~ - ~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 25 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Specifications Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Poles 1, 2, 3, 1+N, 3+N
Tripping characteristics B, C, D
Rated current (I
n)0 .5…63 A
Rated frequency (f) 50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui per IEC/EN
60664-1
250 V AC (phase to ground),
440V AC (phase to phase)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Data per UL/CSA
Rated voltage
1-pole AC 277V AC
DC 48V DC
2-pole AC 480Y/277V AC
DC 96V DC
3-pole AC 480Y/277V AC
Rated interrupting capacity per UL 1077 ≤ 32 A: 10 kA (AC); > 32 A: 5 kA (AC); 0.5…63 A: 10 kA (DC)
Application Supplementary (1)protector for general use; application codes:

TC1: [1P] OL0 277V AC, [2P, 3P] OL0 480Y/277V AC;
SC: 10 kA (0.5…32 A), 5 kA (35…63 A), U2 480Y/277V AC; FW3 (1) 2-pole/3-pole single pole load: TC2.

Ref. temperature for tripping
characteristics 40 °C
Electrical endurance 6,000 ops (AC), 6,000 ops. (DC)
1 cycle (1s - ON, 9s - OFF)
Data per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
1-pole, 1+N 230V AC
2-pole,
3-pole,
3+N
400V AC
Highest supply or
utilization voltage
(U
max)
AC
1-pole, 1+N 253V AC
2-pole,
3-pole,
3+N
440V AC
DC
(2)
(2) IEC DC ratings self-declared.
1-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC
Min. operating voltage 12V AC, 12V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity (I
cu) 15 kA
Rated service short-circuit breaking
capacity (I
cs)
≤ 40 A: 11.25 kA
> 40 A: 7.5 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. (1.2/
50µs)
4 kV
(test voltage 6.2 kV at sea level,
5 kV at 2,000 m)
Dielectric test voltage 2 kV
(50/60Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping
characteristics 30 °C
Electrical endurance
1 cycle (2s - ON, 13s - OFF, I
n ≤ 32 A),
1 cycle (2s - ON, 28s - OFF, In > 32 A)
In < 30 A: 20,000 ops (AC)
In ≥ 30 A: 10,000 ops. (AC)
1,000 ops. (DC)
Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Indicator window red ON / green OFF
Protection degree per EN 60529 IP20 , IP40 in enclosure with cover Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Shock resistance
per IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g – 2 shocks – 13 ms
Vibration resistance
per IEC/EN 60068-2-6
5g – 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz
with load 0.8 I
n
Environmental
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
per IEC/EN 60068-2-30
28 cycles with 55°C (131 °F)/ 90-96%
and 25°C (77 °F)/ 95-100%
Ambient temperature
(1) -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F)
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Installation
Terminal Dual terminal
Cross-section of wire(2) – solid, stranded
(front / back terminal slot)
35 / 35 mm2
18…4 / 18…10 AWG
Cross-section of wire – flexible
(front / back terminal slot) 25 / 10 mm2
Multi-wire rating per UL, CSA
1 wire, 18…4 AWG
2-4 wires (3), 18…10 AWG
Cross-section of bus bars
(back terminal slot) 10 mm
2 Tightening torque
IEC 2.8 N•m
UL/CSA
AWG 18…16: 13.3 in•lb.

AWG 14…10: 17.7 in•lb.

AWG 8…4: 39.8 in•lb.

Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidriv
Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715, 35mm)
with fast clip
Mounting position Any
Supply Optional
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Pole dimension (H x D x W) 88 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight 115 g (4.1 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
(1) Refer to the ambient te mperature derating tables.
(2) 35 mm 2 self-declared, not included in IEC/EN approval. (3) Wires must be of like size and strand ing. Up to two wires per terminal slot. 26 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Specifications Power Loss Due to Current Zero-stack Derating
Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole
The installation of several miniature circuit breaker
side by side with rated current on all
poles requires a correction factor to the rated current (not required if spacers are used).
[A] [W] [A] [W] No. of Adjacent Devices Factor

0.5 1.4 13 2.3 1 1
11 .41 5 2 .4 2 .3 0.9
2 1.8 16 2.5 4.5 0.8
3 1.6 20 2.5 ≥ 6 0.75
41 .82 5 3 .2
5 1.9 30 3.5
6 2.0 32 3.7
7 1.1 40 4.5
81 .5 5 0 4 .5
10 2.1 63 5.4
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 27 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1 Pole + N, 2-, 3-, 3 Pole + N 1 Pole + N, 2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole + N 88 mm
(3.46”)

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
70 mm
(2.8” )
35 mm
(1.4” )
53 mm
(2.0”)
88 mm
(3.46”)
69 mm
(2.7”)
75 mm
(3.0”)
67 mm
(2.6”)
74 mm
(2.9”)
1 Pole 1 Pole
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Ambient Temperature Derating Ambient Temperature Derating
Application below 0 °C is for non-condensing atmosphere. Care should be taken for applications below 0 °C. These devices are not certified to operate correctly in the presence of ice.

Reference temperature = 40 °C
Temperature Derating, UL
Bulletin 1492-SP
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9
2 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9
3 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8
4 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.8
5 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 4.7
6 7.4 7.3 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.7
7 8.7 8.6 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.3 7 6.7 6.6
8 9.9 9.8 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.3 8 7.7 7.6
10 12.4 12.2 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.4 10 9.6 9.4
13 16.1 15.9 15.4 14.9 14.4 14.0 13.5 13 12.5 12.3
15 18.6 18.3 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.6 15 14.4 14.2
16 19.8 19.6 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.2 16.6 16 15.4 15.1
20 24.8 24.4 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 20 19.3 18.9
25 31.0 30.6 29.6 28.7 27.8 26.9 25.9 25 24.1 23.6
30 37.2 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.1 30 28.9 28.3
32 39.7 39.1 37.9 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.2 32 30.8 30.2
40 49.6 48.9 47.4 45.9 44.4 43.0 41.5 40 38.5 37.8
50 62.0 61.1 59.3 57.4 55.6 53.7 51.9 50 48.2 47.2
63 78.2 77.0 74.7 72.3 70.0 67.7 65.3 63 60.7 59.5
Ambient temperature (°C)Current Rating
(A)
Reference temperature = 30 °C
Temperature Derating, IEC
Bulletin 1492-SP
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9 0.9
2 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 1.8
3 3.6 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8 2.7
4 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.4 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.7 3.6
5 6.0 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.2 5 4.8 4.6 4.5
6 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.6 5.4
7 8.4 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.3 7 6.7 6.5 6.4
8 9.6 9.5 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.3 8 7.7 7.4 7.3
10 12.0 11.9 11.5 11.1 10.7 10.4 10 9.6 9.3 9.1
13 15.6 15.4 14.9 14.4 14.0 13.5 13 12.5 12.0 11.8
15 18.1 17.8 17.2 16.7 16.1 15.6 15 14.4 13.9 13.6
16 19.3 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.2 16.6 16 15.4 14.8 14.5
20 24.1 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 20 19.3 18.5 18.2
25 30.1 29.6 28.7 27.8 26.9 25.9 25 24.1 23.2 22.7
30 36.1 35.6 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.1 30 28.9 27.8 27.2
32 38.5 37.9 36.7 35.6 34.4 33.2 32 30.8 29.6 29.0
40 48.1 47.4 45.9 44.4 43.0 41.5 40 38.5 37.0 36.3
50 60.2 59.3 57.4 55.6 53.7 51.9 50 48.2 46.3 45.4
63 75.8 74.7 72.3 70.0 67.7 65.3 63 60.7 58.3 57.2
Ambient temperature (°C)Current Rating
(A)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 29 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
• DC trip curves – When using 1492-SPM_ on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a factor of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For B trip curve = 4.5 to 7.5 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

B Curve
B and C Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time (s)
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
100
60 40
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
I, I, I, =1 .05xl 0 12 = 1.3x 10 l}R = 30°C
<D
Ql
1 ' ~
\
-[U ... .....
"""
i '"
'
--.:-~.:-.:-~
"'
\.. ,--..
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
3 5
_____.
105
I I I I lim1~60A' I I I I
I I I
' 100A ...- 50A/63
\
,.----, 125A ' , _ 20A/25
~- ,.,, - 10A/13
\ \ BOA1 ', / ,. -- I
104
\ 1 ~63A 11 ' ' j'- -~ ,..
\ ..... = ~ ✓--- ~
'V I
\ 2<!.}. I , - ;;,< - .:--- 4 A
\ I
---
35A , _
~ - -~ , _ 2A -~ \
' I V
.:... ) -- £ -rt.1Q..Ars! J /,~ I/ _,,,,
103 'J ~ -/ ~/
.,
I
- 1TTI --1 A =t::

H
H ,, " ,,,,
// I/
JJ 1// ,I
102
'/ I I
A
A
A

0.1 0.5 5 10 50
105
I I I I I \ 11~~ 1 I I I
' 100A '
\
125A-----. , 32A/40
__.... 16A --I ~' ~- ,..
\ \ BOA ', I/ - -
A
\ \ ~6J"}fll ' ' -~ ........ - 6A - \
...,._=--.,-1~ 7 /. - ,
I
~-
\
\
2Q4 II -- ✓-. ~ -- ·
\
--- 3A
35A
~
~-
, - --
-'-, '
/ 1.6A --
~ _£ _ .-:. --=--~-.! I "' / ----
103 JV I / ,,,,,,,~
I - ~ - ...L -, -~T r --
, ., ,
///4
102 ////

0.1 0.5 5 10 50
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Tripping Characteristics • DC trip curves – When using 1492-SPM_ on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a factor of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For C trip curve = 7.5 to 15 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

C Curve
B and C Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time (s)
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
100
60 40
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
I, I, 11 =1 .05xl 0 12 =1 .3xl0 a"= ao·c
CD
~
1 ' ' \
CID
...
""""
"""'
~
,,...,
1 105
103
102
'" ~
<-:.-:.-:.-:.-_-_-_-_
l'v
'- \.
2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
5 10
_____.

I I I
• 1~~ I I I I
I I I 1 100A - 50A/63
...
125A 20A/25 ... ,.--- , '
~ ... ,.., - 10A/13
'
I \ BOA1 ... / c; -- I
I \ µ63Al ... ... y.. - k". i,,
\
"56:<f -~ % ;:.-::

I
\ -- .:--- 4 A
\ --, I
-
I 35A I ~
-,,, - -~ I
~ -2A -~ \ ... V
_:,.__~ _,,,
~Ac-J J .I.~ I/ ,,,,.
--~ ~ ·/ ~/
.....

I
- --1 A -~
a
-H I ,, ./
// I/
I/ // ✓
'/' I
A
A
A

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
I
II~~
I I I
I I I
' 1OOA I ~ ,
'
32A/40
125A - -
'
...
~ - 16A --I
A
' \ \ BOA ... _, ---
104
I
----' ~63A ... ... -- ~ ...,.,.. ~ 6A - \ -
~LL J. -7- /.. - ,,
I
~-
\
\ 5OA I ...... ✓-. / - (; ~ -- ·
\ -r-;,
35A
, __ 3
1 A ~-
- - --
' ... ./ , 1.6A --- , ...,....__ ,,,_ ./
-~..J ~ I / i,,
103 Jr// ~ ~
/ .,,,,,, .....
_,....- r --r- ~TTr --
I 1
I I
/
J //,
102 /I; 1/

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 31 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Tripping Characteristics • DC trip curves – When using 1492-SPM.. on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a factor of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For D trip curve = 15 to 30 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

D Curve
D Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time (s)
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
10000
6000
4000
2000
1000
600
400
200
100
60 40
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
I, I, I,= 1.05 x '· 12 = 1.3x 10 l)" = 3o•c
G)
~)
1 \.
\.
\
[QJ .. ..... .....,.
>-
i
...........
1 105
104
"
'
2 - .......
... ::::::::::::::::
-
\. \..
3 4 5 6 8 10 14 20 30 40
10 20
______.

I I I I : ~ I 11\ l160Ai
I l~=r, __..50A/63A
- 20A/25A
1 ~~ 125Ai---,, ,.,. 1,1 -➔,.--+-'i-~1'1~"fF,~----l-'"-+,.,...-+++.l-fl------,,,,_, 10 A/ 13 A I \ BOA I ', /
35A
~ , ~-i---+--t- '"-l>'lccV1,1'9----,,,'-j----t7'9'- .... ---J-t--tt-tt--~---t----t-1 1-~-rz?is"ArJil-+-+1--/r~'--½1''1-ffv7""~"--'"-l::>""-l" .... ---i----ri-t-.. f-1"1::- 1 A __ ,
/' 1// 102 -+--~~~r---'---'-,r--~~'-+-~---+--~~------,

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
105
104
103
102
A
I
I~~-
I I 11
I I I
I I I
100A 32 A/ 40 I \ ~
I 125A ... :--16A =:::: I ~~
·- ,,.. I
\ \ BOA ... ... ,, -----\
\ \ 63AI I ... ... / - v. ,.. - 6A --
\
~~
:[
-.,.!'.'. v ,, r I \ ;i,, - :;3A \
--- --
J 35A -- - 1.6A =:=
~ ' / /
~~ -"' L ...
l~ArJ ~ 1/ _...,
'1 -,,. ~ ( /. - - --
, ,,
/,
'/
//

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Accessories
Accessories
Right Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) (2) (3)
(1) A maximum of one C.O. type signal cont act, and two C.O. type auxiliary contacts OR three C.O. type auxiliary contacts may be installed with or without one shunt trip per 1492-SP. (2) A maximum of two 189-AR11, -AR02, or -A R20 auxiliary contacts may be installed per 1492-SP. They may not be combined with shunt trips or C.O. type contacts. (3) A maximum of four right mount accessories of any type may be installed per 1492-SP. The shunt trip must be mounted closest t o 1492-SP, then the signal contact, then the auxiliary contact(s).

For allowed combinations, and installation instructions please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Shunt Trip
UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
110…415V AC
110…250V DC
110…415V AC
110…250V DC 189-AST1
UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
12…60V AC/DC 12…60V AC/DC 189-AST2
Auxiliary/Signal
Contact
1 N.O./N.C.
(1 C.O.) UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1 A @ 480 V AC
2 A @ 277 V AC

1.5 A @ 125 V DC
2 A @ 60 V DC
4 A @ 24 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-ASCR3
Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O./N.C.
(1 C.O.) UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1 A @ 480 V AC
2 A @ 277 V AC

1.5 A @ 125 V DC
2 A @ 60 V DC
4 A @ 24 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AR3
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

I ~I )-
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 33 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Accessories
Left Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O. + N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL11
2 N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL02
2 N.O.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL20
(1) Only one left mount auxiliary contact may be installed per 1492-SP.

Bottom Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) Contacts Standards Certifications
(2)
UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.C.

UL1077
CSA C22.2 No.235
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
CCC Certified
2 A @ 230V AC
2 A @ 50V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
2 A @ 30V (DC-12)
1 A @ 50 V (DC-12)
2 A @ 30 V (DC-13)
1 A @ 50 V (DC-13)
189-AB10
(1) Only one bottom mount auxiliary co ntact may be installed per 1492-SP. (2) Bottom mount auxiliaries show a CE Mark on the product instruction sheet and packaging, but not on the product itself.

Toggle Mount
Photo Product Description Cat. No.

Lock-out attachment for 1-pole MCB 189-ALOA1
Lock-out attachment for multi-pole MCB 189-ALOA2
22 2113
14 22
2111
12 24
2313
14 m2
m1
m
m4
m3
m
•
+r
e.' 1 ~ ., ll
! 1 '
f. I
,1 'I
~
•
•
H
I •
" I'' I l t
ii' ~·
ti • I
;
: I I
<,I
i.:, ~ i It)
]-] b'i'
ti •1
;;
I
~
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Accessories
Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AST1 and 189-AST2
189-ASCR3
189-AR3

17.5 mm
(.69”)

73.3 mm
(2.86”)
88 mm
(3.46”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
~
e
•
.-----ICIII
I U
0 is:~ c---9~--- __J----,___e
m m
0 0
0 I
0 ~_____J
m o
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 35 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AR11, 189-AR02, 189-AR20
189-AL11, 189-AL02, and 189-AL20
189-AB01 and 189-AB10
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)

64.2 mm
(2.53”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

23.1 mm
(0.91”)

17.5 mm
(0.69”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
0 ~ ·~
0 0
0 0
--
c:::::::,
0 D D D D
~ @
0 0
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Bus Bars
Bus Bars
Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution
1492-SP Bus Bars 1492-SP Bus Bar Accessories
Description Pins Rated Current
[A] (1)
(1) Refer to the diagrams below for Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(2)
(2) cULus, UL508, EN 60947-1, CE Marked
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(2)
1-Phase
57 100 A 1 1492-A1B1 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, for 1-phase bus bar 10 1492-AAT1LP 57 80 A 1 1492-A1B8 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, for 2- and 3-phase bus bar 10 1492-AAT1S
1-Phase with
aux. contact
37 100 A 1 1492-A1B1H Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 1492-AAT2 37 80 A 1 1492-A1B8H End Cover for 1-phase bus bar 10 1492-A1E 2-Phase 56 100 A 1 1492-A2B1 End Cover for 2- or 3-phase bus bar 10 1492-AME 56 80 A 1 1492-A2B8 Protective Shroud for unused pins 10 1492-AAP 2-Phase with
aux. contact
46 100 A 1
1492-A2B1H
46 80 A 1 1492-A2B8H
3-Phase 57 100 A 1 1492-A3B1
57 80 A 1 1492-A3B8
3-Phase with
aux. contact
48 100 1
1492-A3B1H
48 80 1 1492-A3B8H
S1 S2 S3
ls
< 80 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 80 A / Ø
80 A
1492-A1B8...
1492-A2B8...
1492-A3B8...

End Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 80 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 80 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 80 A / Ø
Other Feed

S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 100 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 100 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 100 A / Ø
Other Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls
< 100 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 100 A / Ø
100 A
1492-A1B1...
1492-A2B1...
1492-A3B1...

End Feed
1492-F B ...
1492-A A T 2
A A T 1L P

10...1/0 50 5.5
A W G lb-in N m

18...4 21 2.4
A W G lb-in N m

6...4 27 3.1
1492-A A P
Position high current drawing
devices near to the Feed Terminal.
*
*
*
*
1492-A A T 1 S
1492-
1492-SP, -D
~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 37 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A1B1
1492-A1B8
1-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
1492-A1B1H
1492-A1B8H
1012 mm
(39.84”)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70 = 39.24”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

15.6 mm
(0.61”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
5 mm
(0.20”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)
27 mm
(1.06”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
16 mm
(0.63”)
985 mm
+2

(38.78” +2
)
5 mm
(0.20”)
36 x 27 = 972 mm
(36 x 1.06 = 38.27”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)
27 mm
(1.06”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
985 mm +2
(38.78” +2)
5 mm
(0.20”)
36 x 27 = 972 mm
(36 x 1.06 = 38.27”)
~

I I I I I I
~~
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
~ (56 X 0.70 = 39.24")
178~~
··10uuuu ~
(0.22") ,,,,, ' ~
E~:::::±1:::::::::::::=:'::::::::=c::::==r
I
I
7 m
7 m
m
m ubeJJl ~m ::::::::::m~ITL

2.5mm
(0.10")
15mm
5 mm (0.59")
(0.20")
15mm
(0.59")
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A2B1
1492-A2B8
2-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
1492-A2B1H
1492-A2B8H

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2
)
22 x 44 = 968 mm
(22 x 1.73 = 38.11”)
44 mm
(1.73”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2
)
22 x 44.5 = 979 mm
(22 x 1.75 = 38.5”)

44.5 mm
(1.75”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
§ t='.1 t='.1 t='.1 d I t='.1 t='.1 t='.1 ~
1==E5.--=---====--=-i====- I +-=I =-===-==-ia§
§ 11 11 16 11 11 a
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 39 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A3B1
1492-A3B8
3-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
1492-A3B1H
1492-A3B8H
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70 = 39.24”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)6 mm
(0.24”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
1009 mm +2
(39.72” +2)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70” = 39.24”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)
6 mm
(0.24”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

62.3 mm
(2.45”)
2x17.8 =35.6mm
(2x 0.70=1.4”)
15x62.3 =934.5mm
(15x 2.45=36.79”)
982 mm +2
(138.66” +2)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
6 mm
(0.24”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

62.3 mm
(2.45”)
2x17.8 =35.6mm
(2x 0.70=1.4”)
982 mm +2
(138.66” +2)
15x62.3 =994.5mm
(15x 2.45=39.15”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
§ d Eid Eid es d Eid Eid!
_J
bdEidEid~F,dEid6~
d ~1 =-iH-a I di
bdl di
_J
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-SP Supplementary Protectors Bus Bars
Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-AAT1S 1492-AAT1LP
1492-AAT2 1492-A1E
1492-AME 1492-AAP

28.5 mm
(1.12”)

57.5 mm
(2.26”)
17 mm
(0.67”)

6.3 mm
(0.25”)

16.2 mm
(0.64”)
3 mm
(0.12”)
3 mm
(0.12”)

36.1 mm
(1.42”)

12.4 mm
(0.49”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
11 mm
(0.43”)
21 mm
(0.83”)

17.75 mm
(0.70”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
40 mm
(1.57”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)
30 mm
(1.18”)

12.3 mm
(0.48”)
p
~
~ 21.6mm ~
(0.85")
-
I JL
u
5mm
(0.20' )

85.2mm
(3.35")
14mm
(0.55' )
1mm
(0.04')
T _J

8.5mm
L(0.33")
24m~ (0.94")

23.8mm
(0.93")
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 41 1492-D Circuit Breakers
Bulletin 1492-D Miniature Circuit Breakers provide overcurrent and short circuit protection for higher voltage DC circuits. These devices are also Miniature Circuit Breakers as defined by IEC Standards.

These thermal magnetic breakers are offered in two pole variants and a wide range of current ratings to match the appropriate level of protection for your application. They may be used with UL 508 Listed bus bars for convenience in panel assembly, a wide range of left-, right- and space saving bottom-mount accessories, and lock out attachments for safety during maintenance.
• Specially designed for higher voltage DC circuits with a permanent magnet to direct the arc into the arc splitters
• Dual terminals provide a more secure conn ection of up to four wires, or two wires and a bus bar
• Existing installations can be easily upgraded to include an auxiliary using the bottom mounted auxiliary contact options, which require no DIN Rail space • Installation of up to six accessories on the same circuit breaker • Superior shock and vibration resist ance to prevent nuisance tripping • Terminal design helps prevent wiring miss es by directing wires into the terminal openings, even while tightening
• Single and multi-pole toggle mount lock out attachments available for Lockout/ Tagout (LOTO)
• RoHS compliant and fully-recyclable device
1492-D Circuit Breakers
Rated
Voltage
UL/CSA: Max. 500V DC (2-
pole)
IEC: U
e Max. 440V DC (2-
pole)
Interrupting
Capacity
UL/CSA: 10 kA
IEC: 10 kA
Current
Ratings 0.5…63 A
Poles 1, 2
Trip Curves C
Standards
Compliance
UL 1077
CSA C22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-2
Certifications
UL Recognized, File No.

E65138
CSA Certified, File No.
259391 CE Marked
VDE Certified
RoHS Compliant
Scratch- and solvent-
resistant printing
Approval marks are
easily visible on dome
Suitable for DIN
Rail mounting
IP20 ﬁnger-safe
design (all sides)
Terminal design helps
prevent wiring misses
Dual terminals provide
wiring/bus bar ﬂexibility
and clamp from both sides to
improve connection reliability
Indicator window
reﬂects contact state
red: closed; green: open
Accepts a wide variety of right,
left, and space saving
bottom-mounted accessories
1D
A
£lh 14920
w '"
42 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492 – D 1 C 010
abcd
abcd
Voltage Type Poles Trip Curve Rated Current (In)
Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Current [A] D AC Circuit Breaker 11 -Pole C Trip Curve C 005 0.5
22 -Pole 010 1
016 1.6
020 2
030 3
040 4
060 6
080 8
100 10
130 13
160 16
200 20
250 25
320 32
400 40
500 50
630 63
1 1 11 1 11-----+-I 1 - l-----+---------1
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 43 1492-D Circuit Breakers Product Selection
Product Selection
1-Pole DC Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
[A] Cat. No.

0.5 1492-D1C005
1 1492-D1C010

1.6 1492-D1C016
2 1492-D1C020
3 1492-D1C030
4 1492-D1C040
6 1492-D1C060
8 1492-D1C080
10 1492-D1C100
13 1492-D1C130
16 1492-D1C160
20 1492-D1C200
25 1492-D1C250
32 1492-D1C320
40 1492-D1C400
50 1492-D1C500
63 1492-D1C630
2-Pole DC Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring Diagram
Continuous Current Rating
(In)
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
[A] Cat. No.

0.5 1492-D2C005
1 1492-D2C010

1.6 1492-D2C016
2 1492-D2C020
3 1492-D2C030
4 1492-D2C040
6 1492-D2C060
8 1492-D2C080
10 1492-D2C100
13 1492-D2C130
16 1492-D2C160
20 1492-D2C200
25 1492-D2C250
32 1492-D2C320
40 1492-D2C400
50 1492-D2C500
63 1492-D2C630
I •
,G "'
I,
I -
II I •
'
•
11-
~+
• •
,, .

I I
1-
l. I '; --
I '
+§ •
1r3r
)+~-
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Specifications
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Poles 1, 2
Tripping characteristics C
Rated current (In) 0.5…63 A
Rated frequency [f] 0 Hz (DC only)
Rated insulation voltage U
i per IEC/EN
60664-1
250V AC (phase to ground)
440V AC (phase to phase)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Data per UL/CSA
Rated voltage 1-pole 250V DC
2-pole 500V DC
Rated interrupting capacity per UL 1077 10 kA
Application
Supplementary Protector for
DC application use; application
codes:

TC2, OL0, SC: U1, 250V DC, 10kA
(1 pole);
TC2, OL0, SC: U1, 500V DC, 10kA
(2 pole)
Reference temperature for tripping
characteristics 25 °C
Electrical endurance 6,000 operations
Data per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 1-pole 220V DC
2-pole 440 V DC
Highest supply or utilization
voltage (U
max)
1-pole 250V DC
2-pole 500 V DC
Min. operating voltage 12V DC
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity (I
cu) 10 kA
Rated service short-circuit breaking
capacity (I
cs) 10 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp.
(1.2/50s)
4 kV
(test voltage 6.2 kV at sea level, 5 kV
at 2,000 m)
Dielectric test voltage 2 kV
(50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping
characteristics 55 °C
Electrical endurance
1 cycle (2s - ON, 13s - OFF, I
n ≤ 32 A),
1 cycle (2s - ON, 28s - OFF, In > 32 A)
1,500 operations
Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Indicator window red ON/green OFF
Protection degree per EN 60529 IP20, IP40 in enclosure with cover
Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Shock resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g – 2 shocks – 13 ms Vibration resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g – 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 In
Environmental
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
per IEC/EN 60068-2-30
28 cycles with 55 °C/90-96%
and 25 °C/95-100%
Ambient temperature (1)
(1) 35 mm 2 self-declared, not included in IEC/EN approval. -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F)
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Installation
Terminal Dual terminal
Cross-section of wire (2) – solid, stranded
(front/back terminal slot)
(2) Refer to the ambient te mperature derating tables.
35/35 mm2
18…4/18…10 AWG
Cross-section of wire – flexible
(front/back terminal slot) 25/10 mm
2 Multi-wire rating per UL, CSA
1 wire, 18…4 AWG
2-4 wires (3), 18…10 AWG
(3) Wires must be of like size and strand ing. Up to two wires per terminal slot.

Cross-section of bus bars
(back terminal slot) 10 mm
2 Tightening torque
IEC 2.8 N•m
UL/CSA
AWG 18…16: 13.3 in•lb,
AWG 14…10: 17.7 in•lb,
AWG 8…4: 39.8 in•lb
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidriv
Mounting DIN Rail (EN 60715, 35 mm)
with fast clip
Mounting position Any
Supply Note polarity of device
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Pole dimension (H x D x W) 88 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight 125 g (4.5 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
I
I
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 45 1492-D Circuit Breakers Specifications
Power Loss Due to Current Zero-stack Derating
Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole
The installation of several miniature circuit breaker
side by side with rated current on all
poles requires a correction factor to the rated current (not required if spacers are used).
[A] [W] [A] [W] No. of Adjacent Devices Factor

0.5 1.4 13 2.3 1 1
11 .4 1 5 2 .4 2 .3 0.9
2 1.8 16 2.5 4.5 0.8
3 1.6 20 2.5 ≥ 6 0.75
41 .8 2 5 3 .2
51 .9 3 0 3 .5
6 2.0 32 3.7
7 1.1 40 4.5
81 .5 5 0 4 .5
10 2.1 63 5.4
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 88 mm (3.46”)

17.5 mm
(0.69”)
35 mm
(1.4” )
88 mm (3.46”)
69 mm (2.7”)
75 mm (3.0”)
67 mm (2.6”)
74 mm (2.9”)
1-Pole
2-Pole
0 "
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 47 1492-D Circuit Breakers Ambient Temperature Derating Ambient Temperature Derating
Application below 0º C is for non-condensing atmosphere. Care should be taken for applications below 0 °C. These devices are not certified to operate correctly in the presence of ice.

Reference temperature = 25 °C
Temperature Derating, UL

Bulletin 1492-D
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 0.9 1 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9

1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5
2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.9 2 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8
3 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 2.8 3 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.7
4 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.5 3.8 4 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6
6 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.8 5.6 6 5.9 5.7 5.6 5.5
8 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.1 7.5 8 7.9 7.6 7.4 7.3
10 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.4 9.4 10 9.9 9.6 9.3 9.1
13 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 14.8 12.2 13 12.8 12.4 12.0 11.8 16 18.4 18.4 18.4 18.4 18.2 15.0 16 15.8 15.3 14.8 14.6 20 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 22.7 18.8 20 19.7 19.1 18.5 18.2 25 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.4 23.5 25 24.6 23.9 23.1 22.8 32 36.8 36.8 36.8 36.8 36.3 30.1 32 31.5 30.6 29.6 29.1 40 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 45.4 37.6 40 39.4 38.2 37.0 36.4 50 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 56.8 47.0 50 49.3 47.8 46.3 45.5 63 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 71.5 59.2 63 62.1 60.2 58.3 57.3 Current
Rating
(A)
Ambient temperature (°C)
Reference temperature = 55 °C
Temperature Derating, IEC

Bulletin 1492-D
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1

1.6 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
2 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2
3 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.0 3
4 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1 4
6 7.4 7.4 7.2 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.3 6.1 6
8 9.9 9.8 9.6 9.3 9.1 8.8 8.6 8.4 8.1 8
10 12.4 12.3 12.0 11.7 11.4 11.1 10.8 10.5 10.2 10
13 16.1 15.9 15.5 15.1 14.8 14.4 14.0 13.6 13.2 13
16 19.8 19.6 19.1 18.6 18.2 17.7 17.2 16.7 16.2 16
20 24.8 24.5 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.5 20.9 20.3 20
25 31.0 30.6 29.9 29.1 28.4 27.6 26.9 26.1 25.4 25
32 39.7 39.2 38.2 37.3 36.3 35.4 34.4 33.4 32.5 32
40 49.6 49.0 47.8 46.6 45.4 44.2 43.0 41.8 40.6 40
50 62.0 61.3 59.8 58.3 56.8 55.3 53.8 52.3 50.8 50
63 78.1 77.2 75.3 73.4 71.5 69.6 67.7 65.8 63.9 63
Ambient temperature (°C)Current
Rating
(A)
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
C Curve
120 -
60 11 = 1.05 X In 12 = 1.3 X In 3R = 55°C - 11 12
40 -
i
20 10
- l G) = Tripping curve
'
from cold s tate
-
- I 1,i -U)
6 Q)
-::, 4 C
Q) :i!:

E 2
~
C,
1 C
·a 40 a.
~
i
20 10
'
-
1 ~ .. -
~ -
'\.
: ~~
~
'-'" ~~ \.
'
,_
U)
"O 6 C
0 4 0
'
"'--..
' Q)
(J)
2 1
'-..
,,
.....

0.6 0.4
~~~
""~ .... --.:::-

0.2 0.1 DC
~ ~
~
--0.06 ---

0.04 0.02
~ \..

I I I 0.01
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30
7 15
Multiple of rated current ---►-
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 49 1492-D Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessories
Right Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) (2) (3)
(1) A maximum of one C.O. type signal cont act, and two C.O. type auxiliary contacts OR three C.O. type auxiliary contacts may be installed with or without one shunt trip per 1492-D. (2) A maximum of two 189-AR11, -AR02, or -A R20 auxiliary contacts may be installed per 1492-D. They may not be combined with shunt trips or C.O. type contacts. (3) A maximum of four right mount accessories of any type may be installed per 1492-D. The shunt trip must be mounted closest to 1492-D, then the signal contact, then the auxiliary contact(s).

For allowed combinations, and installation instructions please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

1.5 A @ 125 V DC
2 A @ 60 V DC
4 A @ 24 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AR3
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

I ~I )-
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Accessories
Left Mount
Photo Product Description
(1)
(1) Only one left mount auxiliary contact may be installed per 1492-D.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O. + N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL11
2 N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL02
2 N.O.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL20
Bottom Mount
Photo Product Description
(1)
(1) Only one bottom mount auxiliary contact may be installed per 1492-D.

Contacts Standards Certifications
(2)
(2) Bottom mount auxiliaries show a CE Mark on the product instruction sheet and packaging, but not on the product itself.

UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.C.

Lock-out attachment for 1-pole MCB 189-ALOA1
Lock-out attachment for multi-pole MCB 189-ALOA2
22 2113
14 22
2111
12 24
2313
14 m2
m1
m
m4
m3
m
•
+r
I •
' i, ''JJ
b'!'
1 1 ' 1
;;
•
H
I •
r.; !i ,,
! ,i i I~ ~
t i ' I
.3
•
I I
I •
r.~ l 1 It ]
~f1
b1 i
1 t i ' I
-~ -
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 51 1492-D Circuit Breakers Accessories
Circuit Breaker Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AST1 and 189-AST2
189-ASCR3
189-AR3

17.5 mm
(.69”)

73.3 mm
(2.86”)
88 mm
(3.46”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
~
~
:
e
lli~:
m m
0 o I
m
m
0 0
0 o '-----I _____JI
m o
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AR11, 189-AR02, 189-AR20
189-AL11, 189-AL02, and 189-AL20
189-AB01 and 189-AB10
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)

64.2 mm
(2.53”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

23.1 mm
(0.91”)

17.5 mm
(0.69”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
---
0 ~ '_-----------,._
0 D
D
0 0
0 c:::::::,
□ □
0 □ □
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 53 1492-D Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bars
Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution
1492-D Bus Bars 1492-D Bus Bar Accessories
Description Pins Rated Current
[A] (1)
(1) Refer to the diagrams below for Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(2)
(2) cULus, UL508, EN 60947-1, CE Marked
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(2)
1-Phase
57 100 A 1 1492-A1B1 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, straight lug 10 1492-AAT1S 57 80 A 1 1492-A1B8 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, offset lug, low profile 10 1492-AAT1LP 1-Phase with
aux. contact
37 100 A 1 1492-A1B1H Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 1492-AAT2 37 80 A 1 1492-A1B8H End Cover for 1-phase bus bar 10 1492-A1E 2-Phase 56 100 A 1 1492-A2B1 End Cover for 2- or 3-phase bus bar 10 1492-AME 56 80 A 1 1492-A2B8 Protective Shroud for unused pins 10 1492-AAP 2-Phase with
aux. contact
46 100 A 1
1492-A2B1H
46 80 A 1 1492-A2B8H
S1 S2 S3
ls
< 80 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 80 A / Ø
80 A
1492-A1B8...
1492-A2B8...
1492-A3B8...

End Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 80 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 80 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 80 A / Ø
Other Feed

S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 100 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 100 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 100 A / Ø
Other Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls
< 100 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 100 A / Ø
100 A
1492-A1B1...
1492-A2B1...
1492-A3B1...

End Feed
1492-F B ...
1492-A A T 2
A A T 1L P

10...1/0 50 5.5
A W G lb-in N m

18...4 21 2.4
A W G lb-in N m

6...4 27 3.1
1492-A A P
Position high current drawing
devices near to the Feed Terminal.
*
*
*
*
1492-A A T 1 S
1492-
1492-SP, -D
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A1B1
1492-A1B8
1-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
1492-A1B1H
1492-A1B8H
1012 mm
(39.84”)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70 = 39.24”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

15.6 mm
(0.61”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
5 mm
(0.20”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)
27 mm
(1.06”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
16 mm
(0.63”)
985 mm
+2

(38.78” +2
)
5 mm
(0.20”)
36 x 27 = 972 mm
(36 x 1.06 = 38.27”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)
27 mm
(1.06”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
985 mm +2
(38.78” +2)
5 mm
(0.20”)
36 x 27 = 972 mm
(36 x 1.06 = 38.27”)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
~ (56 X 0.70 = 39.24")
178~~
"fuu:uu ~

10.22·~~
I
I
7 m
7 m
m
m

2.5mm
(0.10")
15mm
5 mm (0.59")
(0.20")
15mm
(0.59")
~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 55 1492-D Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A2B1
1492-A2B8
1492-A2B1H
1492-A2B8H

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2)
22 x 44 = 968 mm
(22 x 1.73 = 38.11”)
44 mm
(1.73”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2)
22 x 44.5 = 979 mm
(22 x 1.75 = 38.5”)

44.5 mm
(1.75”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
§§ E'.4 E'.4 E'.4 rd I E'.4 E'.4 E'.4 r--2:SJ
5 11 ~
~
~
1=E5=ie====r1 """Fl =====r-1 Fl ====!,I ',=h=r=====r-F1 I ====r1 """Fl =====rcdFl l===rFf§ =-,==,,=4 1 Ar=b =rF==n=rR ~
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-D Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-AAT1S 1492-AAT1LP
1492-AAT2 1492-A1E
1492-AME 1492-AAP

28.5 mm
(1.12”)

57.5 mm
(2.26”)
17 mm
(0.67”)

6.3 mm
(0.25”)

16.2 mm
(0.64”)
3 mm
(0.12”)
3 mm
(0.12”)

36.1 mm
(1.42”)

12.4 mm
(0.49”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
11 mm
(0.43”)
21 mm
(0.83”)

17.75 mm
(0.70”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
40 mm
(1.57”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)
30 mm
(1.18”)

12.3 mm
(0.48”)
p
~
~ 21.6mm ~
(0.85")
-
I JL
u
5mm
(0.20' )

85.2mm
(3.35")
14mm
(0.55' )
1mm
(0.04')
T _J

8.5mm
L(0.33")
24m~ (0.94")

23.8mm
(0.93")
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 57 188 Regional Circuit Breakers
Bulletin 188 thermal magnetic Circuit Breakers are protective devices applied at the equipment level. They are offered as a broad portfolio of pole variants, current ratings and trip curves to match the appropriate level of protection for your application. They may be used with IEC rated bus bars for convenience in panel assembly. A wide range of left-, right- and space saving bottom-mount accessories (common to the Bulletin 1492-SP devices) are available.

Bulletin 188 Regional Circuit Breakers have regional certifications only. They are available in China and Europe.
• Current limiting
• Fast breaking time
• Broad portfolio of pole variants , current ratings and trip curves • Available with 6 kA (188-K) and 10 kA (188-J) interrupting capacity • Installation of up to six accessories on the same circuit breaker • Existing installations can be easily upgraded to include an auxiliary using the bottom mounted auxiliary contact options
• Superior shock and vibration resistan ce to help prevent nuisance tripping • Reversible line and load connections
• Single and multi-pole lock out attachments available for Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) • RoHS compliant and fully recyclable device
• Suitable for extreme ambient conditions
188 Regional Circuit Breakers
Rated
Voltage IEC: Ue Max. 230/400V AC
Interrupting
Capacity IEC: 6 kA, 10 kA
Current
Ratings 0.5…63 A
Poles 1, 2, 3, 4, 1+N, 3+N
Trip Curves B, C, D
Standards
Compliance
EN 60898-1
GB 10963
Certifications
CE Marked
CCC Certified
VDE Certified
RoHS Compliant
Scratch- and solvent-
resistant printing
Approval marks are
easily visible on dome
Suitable for DIN
Rail mounting
IP20 ﬁnger-safe
design (all sides)Accepts a wide variety of right,
left, and space saving
bottom-mounted accessories
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 188 – J 1 C 010 – N
abcd e
ac d e
Interrupt Rating Trip Curve Rated Current (In) + Neutral (for 1+N and 3+N configurations)Code Description Code Description Code Current [A] J Regional Circuit Breaker, 10
kA B Trip Curve B 005 0.5 Code Description
K Regional Circuit Breaker, 6
kA C Trip Curve C 010 1 Can be left blank
D Trip Curve D 020 2 N+ N e u t r a l
030 3
b 040 4
Poles 060 6
Code Description 080 8
11 -Pole 100 10
22 -Pole 130 13
33 -Pole 160 16
44 -Pole 200 20
250 25
320 32
400 40
500 50
630 63
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 59 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Product Selection Product Selection
1-Pole Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J1C005 188-J1D005 — 188-K1C005 188-K1D005
1 — 188-J1C010 188-J1D010 — 188-K1C010 188-K1D010
2 — 188-J1C020 188-J1D020 — 188-K1C020 188-K1D020
3 — 188-J1C030 188-J1D030 — 188-K1C030 188-K1D030
4 — 188-J1C040 188-J1D040 — 188-K1C040 188-K1D040
6 188-J1B060 188-J1C060 188-J1D060 188-K1B060 188-K1C060 188-K1D060 8 188-J1B080 188-J1C080 188-J1D080 188-K1B080 188-K1C080 188-K1D080 10 188-J1B100 188-J1C100 188-J1D100 188-K1B100 188-K1C100 188-K1D100 13 188-J1B130 188-J1C130 188-J1D130 188-K1B130 188-K1C130 188-K1D130 16 188-J1B160 188-J1C160 188-J1D160 188-K1B160 188-K1C160 188-K1D160 20 188-J1B200 188-J1C200 188-J1D200 188-K1B200 188-K1C200 188-K1D200 25 188-J1B250 188-J1C250 188-J1D250 188-K1B250 188-K1C250 188-K1D250 32 188-J1B320 188-J1C320 188-J1D320 188-K1B320 188-K1C320 188-K1D320 40 188-J1B400 188-J1C400 188-J1D400 188-K1B400 188-K1C400 188-K1D400 50 188-J1B500 188-J1C500 188-J1D500 188-K1B500 188-K1C500 188-K1D500 63 188-J1B630 188-J1C630 188-J1D630 188-K1B630 188-K1C630 188-K1D630 1 1-pole
2 1-Pole + Neutral Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J1C005-N 188-J1D005-N — 188-K1C005-N 188-K1D005-N 1 — 188-J1C010-N 188-J1D010-N — 188-K1C010-N 188-K1D010-N 2 — 188-J1C020-N 188-J1D020-N — 188-K1C020-N 188-K1D020-N 3 — 188-J1C030-N 188-J1D030-N — 188-K1C030-N 188-K1D030-N 4 — 188-J1C040-N 188-J1D040-N — 188-K1C040-N 188-K1D040-N 6 188-J1B060-N 188-J1C060-N 188-J1D060-N 188-K1B060-N 188-K1C060-N 188-K1D060-N 8 188-J1B080-N 188-J1C080-N 188-J1D080-N 188-K1B080-N 188-K1C080-N 188-K1D080-N 10 188-J1B100-N 188-J1C100-N 188-J1D100-N 188-K1B100-N 188-K1C100-N 188-K1D100-N 13 188-J1B130-N 188-J1C130-N 188-J1D130-N 188-K1B130-N 188-K1C130-N 188-K1D130-N 16 188-J1B160-N 188-J1C160-N 188-J1D160-N 188-K1B160-N 188-K1C160-N 188-K1D160-N 20 188-J1B200-N 188-J1C200-N 188-J1D200-N 188-K1B200-N 188-K1C200-N 188-K1D200-N 25 188-J1B250-N 188-J1C250-N 188-J1D250-N 188-K1B250-N 188-K1C250-N 188-K1D250-N 32 188-J1B320-N 188-J1C320-N 188-J1D320-N 188-K1B320-N 188-K1C320-N 188-K1D320-N 40 188-J1B400-N 188-J1C400-N 188-J1D400-N 188-K1B400-N 188-K1C400-N 188-K1D400-N 50 188-J1B500-N 188-J1C500-N 188-J1D500-N 188-K1B500-N 188-K1C500-N 188-K1D500-N 63 188-J1B630-N 188-J1C630-N 188-J1D630-N 188-K1B630-N 188-K1C630-N 188-K1D630-N 1 N
N
N1-pole +
2 - -
• •
~
~
-• • •
e \a
====-
• •
*~
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Product Selection 2-Pole Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J2C005 188-J2D005 — 188-K2C005 188-K2D005
1 — 188-J2C010 188-J2D010 — 188-K2C010 188-K2D010
2 — 188-J2C020 188-J2D020 — 188-K2C020 188-K2D020
3 — 188-J2C030 188-J2D030 — 188-K2C030 188-K2D030
4 — 188-J2C040 188-J2D040 — 188-K2C040 188-K2D040
6 188-J2B060 188-J2C060 188-J2D060 188-K2B060 188-K2C060 188-K2D060 8 188-J2B080 188-J2C080 188-J2D080 188-K2B080 188-K2C080 188-K2D080 10 188-J2B100 188-J2C100 188-J2D100 188-K2B100 188-K2C100 188-K2D100 13 188-J2B130 188-J2C130 188-J2D130 188-K2B130 188-K2C130 188-K2D130 16 188-J2B160 188-J2C160 188-J2D160 188-K2B160 188-K2C160 188-K2D160 20 188-J2B200 188-J2C200 188-J2D200 188-K2B200 188-K2C200 188-K2D200 25 188-J2B250 188-J2C250 188-J2D250 188-K2B250 188-K2C250 188-K2D250 32 188-J2B320 188-J2C320 188-J2D320 188-K2B320 188-K2C320 188-K2D320 40 188-J2B400 188-J2C400 188-J2D400 188-K2B400 188-K2C400 188-K2D400 50 188-J2B500 188-J2C500 188-J2D500 188-K2B500 188-K2C500 188-K2D500 63 188-J2B630 188-J2C630 188-J2D630 188-K2B630 188-K2C630 188-K2D630 3-Pole Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J3C005 188-J3D005 — 188-K3C005 188-K3D005
1 — 188-J3C010 188-J3D010 — 188-K3C010 188-K3D010
2 — 188-J3C020 188-J3D020 — 188-K3C020 188-K3D020
3 — 188-J3C030 188-J3D030 — 188-K3C030 188-K3D030
4 — 188-J3C040 188-J3D040 — 188-K3C040 188-K3D040
6 188-J3B060 188-J3C060 188-J3D060 188-K3B060 188-K3C060 188-K3D060 8 188-J3B080 188-J3C080 188-J3D080 188-K3B080 188-K3C080 188-K3D080 10 188-J3B100 188-J3C100 188-J3D100 188-K3B100 188-K3C100 188-K3D100 13 188-J3B130 188-J3C130 188-J3D130 188-K3B130 188-K3C130 188-K3D130 16 188-J3B160 188-J3C160 188-J3D160 188-K3B160 188-K3C160 188-K3D160 20 188-J3B200 188-J3C200 188-J3D200 188-K3B200 188-K3C200 188-K3D200 25 188-J3B250 188-J3C250 188-J3D250 188-K3B250 188-K3C250 188-K3D250 32 188-J3B320 188-J3C320 188-J3D320 188-K3B320 188-K3C320 188-K3D320 40 188-J3B400 188-J3C400 188-J3D400 188-K3B400 188-K3C400 188-K3D400 50 188-J3B500 188-J3C500 188-J3D500 188-K3B500 188-K3C500 188-K3D500 63 188-J3B630 188-J3C630 188-J3D630 188-K3B630 188-K3C630 188-K3D630 1 3
4 2-pole
2 1 3 5
4 6
3-pole
2 -
• •
"' ~
~~
- - -
• • •
•
a \ Cl \ C
I' . • • •
I I I
>\~~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 61 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Product Selection 3-Pole + Neutral Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J3C005-N 188-J3D005-N — 188-K3C005-N 188-K3D005-N 1 — 188-J3C010-N 188-J3D010-N — 188-K3C010-N 188-K3D010-N 2 — 188-J3C020-N 188-J3D020-N — 188-K3C020-N 188-K3D020-N 3 — 188-J3C030-N 188-J3D030-N — 188-K3C030-N 188-K3D030-N 4 — 188-J3C040-N 188-J3D040-N — 188-K3C040-N 188-K3D040-N 6 188-J3B060-N 188-J3C060-N 188-J3D060-N 188-K3B060-N 188-K3C060-N 188-K3D060-N 8 188-J3B080-N 188-J3C080-N 188-J3D080-N 188-K3B080-N 188-K3C080-N 188-K3D080-N 10 188-J3B100-N 188-J3C100-N 188-J3D100-N 188-K3B100-N 188-K3C100-N 188-K3D100-N 13 188-J3B130-N 188-J3C130-N 188-J3D130-N 188-K3B130-N 188-K3C130-N 188-K3D130-N 16 188-J3B160-N 188-J3C160-N 188-J3D160-N 188-K3B160-N 188-K3C160-N 188-K3D160-N 20 188-J3B200-N 188-J3C200-N 188-J3D200-N 188-K3B200-N 188-K3C200-N 188-K3D200-N 25 188-J3B250-N 188-J3C250-N 188-J3D250-N 188-K3B250-N 188-K3C250-N 188-K3D250-N 32 188-J3B320-N 188-J3C320-N 188-J3D320-N 188-K3B320-N 188-K3C320-N 188-K3D320-N 40 188-J3B400-N 188-J3C400-N 188-J3D400-N 188-K3B400-N 188-K3C400-N 188-K3D400-N 50 188-J3B500-N 188-J3C500-N 188-J3D500-N 188-K3B500-N 188-K3C500-N 188-K3D500-N 63 188-J3B630-N 188-J3C630-N 188-J3D630-N 188-K3B630-N 188-K3C630-N 188-K3D630-N 4-Pole Regional Circuit Breakers
Photo/Wiring
Diagram
Continuous
Current Rating
(In)
10 kA Interrupting Capacity 6 kA Interrupting Capacity
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
Trip Curve B
Resistive or
Slightly Inductive
3…5 In
Trip Curve C
Inductive
5…10 In
Trip Curve D
Highly
Inductive
10…20 In
[A] Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 — 188-J4C005 188-J4D005 — 188-K4C005 188-K4D005
1 — 188-J4C010 188-J4D010 — 188-K4C010 188-K4D010
2 — 188-J4C020 188-J4D020 — 188-K4C020 188-K4D020
3 — 188-J4C030 188-J4D030 — 188-K4C030 188-K4D030
4 — 188-J4C040 188-J4D040 — 188-K4C040 188-K4D040
6 188-J4B060 188-J4C060 188-J4D060 188-K4B060 188-K4C060 188-K4D060 8 188-J4B080 188-J4C080 188-J4D080 188-K4B080 188-K4C080 188-K4D080 10 188-J4B100 188-J4C100 188-J4D100 188-K4B100 188-K4C100 188-K4D100 13 188-J4B130 188-J4C130 188-J4D130 188-K4B130 188-K4C130 188-K4D130 16 188-J4B160 188-J4C160 188-J4D160 188-K4B160 188-K4C160 188-K4D160 20 188-J4B200 188-J4C200 188-J4D200 188-K4B200 188-K4C200 188-K4D200 25 188-J4B250 188-J4C250 188-J4D250 188-K4B250 188-K4C250 188-K4D250 32 188-J4B320 188-J4C320 188-J4D320 188-K4B320 188-K4C320 188-K4D320 40 188-J4B400 188-J4C400 188-J4D400 188-K4B400 188-K4C400 188-K4D400 50 188-J4B500 188-J4C500 188-J4D500 188-K4B500 188-K4C500 188-K4D500 63 188-J4B630 188-J4C630 188-J4D630 188-K4B630 188-K4C630 188-K4D630 1 3 5 N
N4 6
3-pole + N
2 1 3 5
84 6
4-pole
2 7
---
I • • • •
I ••
,. t'l \lilll&
• ,-
! \ ' •••
.,, .

I I I I
~~~-~
• I ••••
( ~ 1--------+-------+-----+----+-------+--------+----
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Specifications
Specifications
General Data
Poles 1, 2, 3, 4, 1+N, 3+N
Tripping characteristics B, C, D
Rated current (In) 0.5…63 A
Rated frequency [f] 50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui per IEC/EN 60664-1 250V AC (phase to ground) 440V AC (phase to phase)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 2
Data per IEC/EN 60898-1
Rated operational
voltage (Ue)
1-pole 230/400V AC
1-pole + N 230V AC
2-, 3-, 4-, 3-pole + N 400V AC
Highest supply or
utilization voltage
(U
max)
AC
1-pole 253/440V AC
1-pole + N 253V AC
2-, 3-, 4-, 3-pole+N 440V AC
DC
(1)
(1) IEC DC ratings self-declared.
1-pole 48V DC
2-pole 96V DC
Min. operating voltage 12V AC, 12V DC
Rated short-circuit
capacity (I
cn)
188-J 10 kA
188-K 6 kA
Energy limiting class (B, C up to 40 A) 3
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. (1.2/50s) 4 kV (test voltage 6.2 kV at sea level, 5 kV at 2,000 m)
Dielectric test voltage 2 kV (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
Reference temperature for tripping characteristics B, C, D: 30 °C Electrical endurance
1 cycle (2s - ON, 13s - OFF, I
n ≤ 32 A),
1 cycle (2s - ON, 28s - OFF, In > 32 A)
In < 30 A: 20,000 ops (AC)
In ≥ 30 A: 10,000 ops. (AC);
1,000 ops. (DC)
Mechanical Data
Housing Insulation group II, RAL 7035
Indicator window None
Protection degree per EN 60529 IP20, IP40 in enclosure with cover
Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Shock resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g – 2 shocks – 13 ms Vibration resistance per IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5g – 20 cycles at 5…150…5 Hz with load 0.8 In
Environmental
Environmental conditions (damp heat)
per IEC/EN 60068-2-30
28 cycles with 55 °C/90-96%
and 25 °C/95-100%
Ambient temperature (1)
(1) Refer to the Ambient Temperature Derating tables.
-25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F)
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Installation
Terminal Cage terminal
Cross-section of wire – solid, stranded 0.75…25 mm2
Cross-section of wire – flexible 0.75…16 mm2
Tightening torque IEC 2.0 N•m
Screwdriver No. 2 Pozidriv
Mounting DIN Rail (EN 60715, 35 mm)
with fast clip
Mounting position Any
Supply Optional
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Pole dimension (H x D x W) 85 x 69 x 17.5 mm
Pole weight 115 g (4.4 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Shunt trip Yes
Power Loss Due to Current Zero-stack Derating
Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole Rated Current Power Loss Per
Pole
The installation of several miniature circuit breaker
side by side with rated current on all
poles requires a correction factor to the rated current (not required if spacers are used).
[A] [W] [A] [W] No. of Adjacent Devices Factor

0.5 1.4 13 2.3 1 1
1 1.4 16 2.5 2.3 0.9
2 1.8 20 2.5 4.5 0.8
31 .52 5 3 .2 ≥ 6 0.75
4 1.8 32 3.7
6 2.0 40 4.8
81 .5 5 0 4 .5
10 2.1 63 5.2
I
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 63 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Ambient Temperature Derating
Application below 0º C is for non-condensing atmosphere. Care should be taken for applications below 0 °C. These devices are not certified to operate correctly in the presence of ice. 85 mm
(3.4 in.)
67 mm
(2.6 in.)
74 mm
(2.9 in.)
35 mm
(1.37 in.)

52.5 mm
(2.04 in.)
70 mm
(2.74 in.)

17.5 mm
(0.69 in.)
85 mm
(3.4 in.)
69 mm
(2.6 in.)
75 mm
(2.7 in.)
1-Pole 1-Pole
1 + N, 2-, 3-, 3 + N, 4-Pole 1-Pole + N, 2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole + N, 4-Pole Reference temperature = 30 °C
Temperature Derating, IEC
Bulletin 188-J, -K
-25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55

0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9
2 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9
3 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.8
4 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.2 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.7
6 7.0 6.9 6.7 6.5 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.6
8 9.3 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.5 8.2 8.0 7.8 7.5 7.4
10 11.7 11.5 11.2 10.9 10.6 10.3 10 9.7 9.4 9.3
13 15.1 15.0 14.6 14.2 13.8 13.4 13 12.6 12.2 12.0
16 18.6 18.4 17.9 17.4 17.0 16.5 16 15.5 15.0 14.8
20 23.3 23.0 22.4 21.8 21.2 20.6 20 19.4 18.8 18.5
25 29.1 28.8 28.0 27.3 26.5 25.8 25 24.3 23.5 23.1
32 37.3 36.8 35.8 34.9 33.9 33.0 32 31.0 30.1 29.6
40 46.6 46.0 44.8 43.6 42.4 41.2 40 38.8 37.6 37.0
50 58.3 57.5 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50 48.5 47.0 46.3
63 73.4 72.5 70.6 68.7 66.8 64.9 63 61.1 59.2 58.3
Ambient temperature (°C)Current Rating
(A)
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
• DC trip curves – When using 188-J/-K.. on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a fact or of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For B trip curve = 4.5 to 7.5 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

B Curve
B and C Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Tripping time
Multiple of rated current I/In
AC
Seconds MinutesLet-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
120
60 40
t
20 10
I, I, 11 =1 .13xl 0 12 =1 .45xl 0 s" = 3o•c
I
1 <D=
\
(1,
6 4
2 ,
1 " \
' 40
t
20 10
~ [!] " ,,
\
' 6 ' ...
4 ...
" 2 ' "::::,
" ' ::::::::
1 0.6

0.4 ...........

0.2 ""

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

0.01 \.
" 1 1 .5 2 3 4 5 6 810 15 20 30
105
104
103
102
3 5
I I I 1
I~1~60A' I I I 1 100A ..
,.--- , 125A
' ~-
~ I/
\ \ BOA r ',, / ,.
\ \ ~63;;fll ' ' ·y.. -~
I,,
\ ->-=
t '~ ~
'V
\ 5OA ;;,,< - -
\ --,
35A , _
-- -F
\
' I V
.:,._ ) __ /
n.g§_Ar-! I/,~ I/ ~,,,,.
'& f. -/ ~/:_ - 1111
H
H , ,, " .....
// I/
I/ 1// ;
'/I I
_____..

I I I I
...- 50A/63
_ 20A/25
- 10A/13 - - I
I
;;:.--4A
I
-
-~ ;_-2A -~
I
--1 A ==t=
A
A
A

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
I
II~~,
I I I
I I I 1 1OOA - 32A/40 \
' 125A -~' '
~ .....--16A --I I,,
\ \ BOA ', I/ - -
A
104
\ \ ~63;;fll ' ' ' ~ .... I,, - 6A - \
~ ;r-. /._ - ,,
I
--
\ ->-=
\ 5OA I I -- ✓-. "/ - (; -- ·
\ --,
--- 3A --35A 1 --
- - ----'-, ' / 1.6 A--~- _£ _ / ........
~ -.! I I / ......
103 JV, I ~ / / - ....L - -r - ~T r --
, ., ,
I '/
J //J
102 ////

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 65 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics • DC trip curves – When using 188-J/-K.. on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a fact or of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For C trip curve = 7.5 to 15 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

C Curve
B and C Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
Tripping time
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Multiple of rated current I/In
Seconds Minutes
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
120
60 40
t
20 10
I, I, 11 = 1.13 X 10 12 =1 .45xl 0 3a = 30°C
I ,
G)
\
(.1.,
6 4
2 1
40 t
20 10
,
1 " \
~ [£] \.,
\ !!",
"' ,, ...
6 ""- ,, ,, ,. ,,
4 2
..... ,,
"~
,, ,, ,, ,,
l"o,••
1 0.6
".::-.,..,..,..,..,.

0.4 AC

0.2 "v

0.1 0.06

0.04 0.02

0.01 \. \..
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30
5 10
______.
105
I I I
I I~'[@~' I I I I
I I I
' 100A ....- 50A/63
\
' 125A
'
20 A/ 25 ,,---- , ~' ~ , I/ ....- 10A/13
\ \ BOA1 ', / ... - I
\ \ ~63A ... ' y.. - k" ...
\ ,.--'-=
-:/'. ~
rv I
\ ~M- :;,< - - ;::..--4A
\ I
- -- -
35A , ~ -., - -~ F
;_-2A -~ \
-
/ V ~,
~ ) __ .,,,
rtl§_Ars! JI,~ I/ ..,.,,,.
~VT ~/
.,
--1
1 A ·/ - TTr ==t=
. n I ,, ., ,,,,
// I/
II 1// ;
102 '/' I
A
A
A

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
105
I I I
I II~'[@~-I I I
' 100A
\
'
- 32A/40
125A ...
\ ~-
~
... __..... 16A --
\ \ BOA ...
-
I/ ---
A
104
\ \ ~63A ' ' -~ , .. ) ' ......, 6A - \
~ .. T-- /.. -
V
I
~-
\ ,.--'-=
~ -- -\ ~M- - - ✓-. '/ - (;
\
35A
, __ 3
1 A ~-
F -
' ' ./ 1.6A --.:.,..___ - ,L ./
--~-.! ) / I / ......
l v-Ii ~ / / Ii - ..L -- --
I
'I I
/
J //,
102 /I; 1/

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics • DC trip curves – When using 188-J/-K.. on DC applications or DC loads, please refer to AC trip curves and times and use a fact or of 1.5 for the magnetic instantaneous trip times the continuous current rating (In).
• For D trip curve = 15 to 30 multiple of the rated current ( I / In). • The thermal trip times remain the sa me for both AC and DC applications.

D Curve
D Curve – 230/400V AC Let-through Energy
= Tripping Curve
from cold state
Multiple of rated current I/In
Seconds Minutes
Tripping time
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
Let-through energy i2t / A2s
Short-circuit current Ik / kA
120
60 40
t
20 10
6 4
2 1
40 t
20 10
6 4
2 1

0.6 0.4

0.2 0.1

0.06 0.04

0.02 0.01
105
102
I, I, 11 = 1.13 X 10 12 = 1.45 X 10 8a = 30°C
I ,
CD
\
(!, ,
i " \
~
' ~ [R] \,
\ .._,
"' ...
' ,:-,,.
"' ,,-... ,, -,,
'
,,
"'- ,,
..._~
,, ,, ,, ,,
~
,,
~
,, ,,
~ ··~i·:
- 'v ~
\.. \..
1 1 .5 2 3 4 5 6 810 15 20 30 40 50
10 20
______.

I I I
I I I I I~'[@~'
' 100A

I I I I
....- 50A/63 A
A
A
\
' 125A
'
20 A/ 25 ,,---- , ~' ~, I/ ....- 10A/13
\ \ BOA1 ', / ... - I
I \ ~63A ' ' y.. - k" ...
\ ,.--'-=
-:/'. ~
rv I
\ ~M- :;,< - - ;::..--4A
\ I
--- -
35A , ~ -., - -~ F
;_-2A -~
' -
/ V ~,
~ ) __ .,,,
rtl§_Ars! JI,~ I/ ..,.,,,.
~VT ~/
.,
--1
1 A ·/ - T T r ==t=
. n I ,, ., ,,,,
// I/
II 1// ;
'/' I

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
105
I I I
I II~'[@~-I I I 1 100A
\
'
- 32A/40
125A
' I ~-
~
... __..... 16A --
\ \ BOA ' -
I/ ---
A
104
I \ ~63A ' ' -~ , .. ) ' ......, 6A - \
~ .. T-- /.. -
V
I
~-
\ ,.--'-=
~ -- · \ ~M- - - ✓-. '/ - (;
'
35A
, __ 3
1 A ~-
F -
' ' ./ 1.6A --.:.,.___ - ,L ./
--~-.! ) / I / ......
l v-Ii ~ / / Ii - ..L -- --
I
'I F
J
J //,
102 /I; 1/

0.1 0 .5 5 10 50
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 67 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessories
Right Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) (2) (3)
(1) A maximum of one C.O. type signal cont act, and two C.O. type auxiliary contacts OR three C.O. type auxiliary contacts may be installed with or without one shunt trip per 188. (2) A maximum of two 189-AR11, -AR02, or -A R20 auxiliary contacts may be installed per 188. They may not be combined with shunt trips or C.O. type contacts. (3) A maximum of four right mount accessories of any type may be installed per 188. The shunt trip must be mounted closest to 18 8, then the signal contact, then the auxiliary contact(s).

For allowed combinations, and installation instructions please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

1.5 A @ 125 V DC
2 A @ 60 V DC
4 A @ 24 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AR3
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1 A @ 400 V AC
2 A @ 230 V AC
1 A @ 50 V DC
2 A @ 30 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)
2 A @ 30V (DC-12)
1 A @ 50 V (DC-12)
2 A @ 30 V (DC-13)
1 A @ 50 V (DC-13)
189-AR20
C1
C2
9698
95 1- 2- 3-
- 4
- 1
- 2
-1
-2
-3
-4
1- 2 -
1- 2 -
-1
- 2
- 1
-2
-3 -3
-4
1- 2 -
-4
I (-
I • •
: .
;
-'J
'J :
68 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Accessories
Left Mount
Photo Product Description
(1)
(1) Only one left mount auxiliary contact may be installed per 188.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O. + N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL11
2 N.C.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AL02
2 N.O.

EN 60947-5-1 CE Marked —
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

Contacts Standards Certifications
(2)
(2) Bottom mount auxiliaries show a CE Mark on the product instruction sheet and packaging, but not on the product itself.

UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
1 N.C.

Lock-out attachment for 1-pole MCB 189-ALOA1
Lock-out attachment for multi-pole MCB 189-ALOA2
22 2113
14 22
2111
12 24
2313
14 m2
m1
m
m4
m3
m
•
+r
I •
' i, ''JJ
b'!'
1 1 ' 1
;;
•
H
I •
r.; !i ,,
! ,i i I~ ~
t i ' I
.3
•
I I
I •
r.~ l 1 It ]
~f1
b1 i
1 t i ' I
-~ -
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 69 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AST1 and 189-AST2
189-ASCR3
189-AR3

17.5 mm
(.69”)

73.3 mm
(2.86”)
88 mm
(3.46”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
~
e
•
.-----ICIII
I U
0 is:~ c---9~--- __J----,___e
m m
0 0
0 I
0 ~_____J
m o
70 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-AR11, 189-AR02, 189-AR20
189-AL11, 189-AL02, and 189-AL20
189-AB01 and 189-AB10
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)

64.2 mm
(2.53”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

23.1 mm
(0.91”)

17.5 mm
(0.69”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
0 ~ •_-------------,
0 0
0 0
D
D
---
0 0
c:::::::,
D D
0 D D
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 71 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bars
188 Bus Bars 188 Bus Bar Accessories
Description Pins Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(1)
(1) These devices are CE Mark ed, but not certified to any UL, CSA, or other standard.

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(1)
1-Phase
60 1 189-CL1 Terminal Power Feed, 6…25 mm2 10 189-CLT25 12 20 189-CL112 Terminal Power Feed, 6…50 mm2 10 189-CLT50 62 0 189-CL106 Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 189-CLT50D 22 0 189-CL102 For 1-phase bus bar 10 189-CL1EC
1-Phase with aux contact
38 1 189-CL1H For 2- or 3-phase bus bar 10 189-CL3EC
92 0 189-CL1H09 For 4-phase bus bar 10 189-CL4EC
62 0 189-CL1H06 Protective Shroud for unused pins 10 189-CLPS 22 0 189-CL1H02
2-Phase
58 10 189-CL2
12 10 189-CL212
61 0 189-CL206
41 189-CL204
2-Phase with aux contact
44 10 189-CL2H
10 10 189-CL2H10
61 0 189-CL2H06
41 189-CL2H04
3-Phase
60 10 189-CL3
12 10 189-CL312
61 0 189-CL306
3-Phase with aux contact
48 1 189-CL3H
12 10 189-CL3H12
61 0 189-CL3H06
4-Phase 56 1 189-CL4
81 0 189-CL408
4-Phase with aux contact 48 1 189-CL4H
2-Phase MCB to RCD 4 10 189-CL204
4-Phase MCB to RCD 8 10 189-CL408
188

2.4 Nm
(21 lb in)
72 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1-Phase Bus Bars
189-CL1
189-CL112
189-CL106 189-CL102
= = = = =
59 x 17.6 mm= 1038.4 mm --------------<
(59 X 0.69" = 40.88")
1055 mm (41.54") '2
= = = = = = =
.....---------------- 212 mm (8.35") '2
tfHII lfHII
5 x 17.6 mm = 88 mm
(5 X 0.69" = 3.46")
lfHII lfHII lfHII lfHii
105 mm (4.13") '2 ____ __,
32 mm (1.26") '2
,. ' fi18.2
~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 73 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
(37 x 1.04 = 38.46”)(1.04”)
(0.15”)
(39.17”)
+2
(8 x 1.04 = 8.31”)
(1.04”)
(0.15”)
(9.17”)+2
(5 x 1.04= 5.20”)
(1.04”)
(0.15”)
(6.06”)+2
(1.04”)
(0.15”)
(1.85”)+2
(0.06”)
(0.71”)
(0.80”)
(0.29”)
189-CL1H
189-CL1H09
189-CL1H06 189-CL1H02
5 X 26.4 = 132
74 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 2-Phase Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 57 X 17.6 = 1003.2
(5 X 0.69 = 40.88”)(0.69”)
(0.16”)
(0.39”)
(40.16”)
+2
(11 x 0.69 = 7.62”)(0.69”)
(0.16”)
(0.39”)
(8.35”) +2
(0.69”)
(0.16”)
(0.39”)
(5 x 0.69 = 3.46”)
(4.17”)
+2
(2.83”)
+2
(0.69”)
(0.16”)
(0.39”)
(3 x 0.69 = 2.06”)
(1.14”)
(0.76”)
(0.04”)
(0.58”)
189-CL2
189-CL212
189-CL206 189-CL204

9. 9.8
r
L1 l2 l1 L1
ll n ll ll
~ CAT.189-a.2 IEC664 Ul690VACIDC l863A CE.
- SER.D :A8,~8-v-Endcap189-a.:lf:C M-.lel,Gem_,,.

Ji
1020'2
11 X 17.6 = 193.6
' ' ~ CAT. 189-Cl..212 IEC 664 UI 690V AC/OC r. 63A { ( - SERO a8 ,l.:::!!Jl' 8-v- Endcap199-CUEC M.i...,Gennany

17.6 4
5 X 17.6 =88
' ~ CAT. 189-0.208 IEC664IJl690VAC/0Cla63A ( (
- SER.D it8 ,l::!¼!8 -rEndcap199-CUEC -,-_..o.m.,,y
212' 2
U [1 U U
n n n n
'1M CAT.189-a.2 EC664Ul690VACIOCla63A CE.
- SERD a8,~8-V-Endcap lflt.CUEC MahGennany
>------------------< 1 >-------I ________.· 1
106'2
72 '2

14.8 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 75 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
2-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)
4 mm
(0.16”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
44 mm
(1.73”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
44 mm
(1.73”)
21 x 44 = 924 mm
(21 x 1.73 = 36.38”)
960 mm +2
(37.80”)
+2
4 x 44 = 176 mm
(4 x 1.73 = 6.92”)
210 mm
+2
(8.26”)
+2
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
44 mm
(1.73”)
2 x 44 = 88 mm
(2 x 1.73 = 3.46”)
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
44 mm
(1.73”)
124 mm +2
(4.88”)
+2
80 mm +2
(3.14”)
+2
1 mm
(0.04”)
29 mm
(1.14”)

19.2 mm
(0.76”)

14.8 mm
(0.58”)189-CL2H
189-CL2H10
189-CL2H06 189-CL2H04
' ' ~ CAT.189-CU!HOEI IEC964Ul690VAC/0Cle83A ((
- SER.D '/J..8,.~8-a-Eodeap189-Cl3EC ~lnGe,mq
ii
~ CAT. 189-Cl.2H04 IECM4Ule9WACIDCl963A ( (
- SER.oa:8 ,e:Y&-r--.a-=-•~
d
76 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 3-Phase Bus Bars
212 mm
+2
(8.35”) +2
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
5 x 17.6 = 88 mm
(5 x 0.69 = 3.46”)
105 mm
+2
(4.13”) +2
1 mm
(0.04”)
29 mm
(1.14”)

19.2 mm
(0.76”)

14.8 mm
(0.58”)
11 x 17.6 = 193.6 mm
(11 x 0.69 = 7.6”)4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
1056 mm
+2
(41.57”)
+2
59 x 17.6 = 1038.4 mm
(59 x 0.69 = 40.9”)4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
189-CL3
189-CL312
189-CL306
L1 U U U U u u u u u n ~ 11 n ~ ~ ~ n ~ 11
~ CAT.189-Cl.3 IEC664LH690VACJDCl963A {(
- SERO A8 , l:!j/8-v- ~ ,89-Cl.3EC M«len~
~ CAT.I~ IEC66-4Ui690VAC/OCl963A {(
- SER.O A'.8 , l:!j/8-r- Endi:9~199-CUEC "'- n Germ,.ny 1-- A
"' "' ~ £1 ~
~ CAT.189-Cl.306 IEC664Ul690VAC/0Cle63A {(
- SER. o A8 , ~8-r- Endca!>18K.l..3Ec '--- nGwmany
A4
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 77 Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 3-Phase Bus Bars, with Auxiliary Contact
4 mm
(0.16”)
980 mm +2
(38.60”) +2
1 mm
(0.04”)

14.8 mm
(0.58”)
15 x 61.6 = 924 mm
(15 x 2.43 = 36.38”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)

61.6 mm
(2.43”)
4 mm
(0.16”)
240 mm +2
(9.48”) +2
4 x 61.6 = 184.8 mm
(4 x 2.43 = 7.28”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)

61.6 mm
(2.43”)
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)

61.6 mm
(2.43”)
114 mm +2
(4.49”) +2

19.2 mm
(0.76”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
189-CL3H
189-CL3H12
189-CL3H06
r
s d,il .J .J F
t
r 11 ,,
~ CAT, 189-Cl.3H12 IEC 664 UI 690V AC/DC le 63A ( (
.._.- SER. D 'A,8,f}:Y8---a--Ero::ap18&-CUEC Madei'IGermanr s 4¥ s 4 s 4 s #& .I
' ~ CAT. 189-Cl3H06 IEC 664 UI 690'1 ACIDC le 63A ( €
.._,.. SER . D tr:8,~8"il'"""Enclcap189-Cl.3EC Made lnGem\arly sS
78 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 4-Phase Bus Bars
2- and 4-Phase Bus Bars for connection to 1492-RCD
(3 x 0.69 = 2.08”)
985 mm+2
(38.78”) +2
4 mm
(0.16”)

11.5mm
(0.45”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
55 x 17.6 = 968 mm
(55 x 0.69 = 38.11”)
4 mm
(0.16”)

11.5mm
(0.45”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)

79.2 mm (3.12”)
12 x 79.2 = 950.4 mm
(12 x 3.12 = 37.42”)
1020 mm+2
(40.15”) +2
1 mm
(0.04”)

19.3 mm
(0.76”)

30.5 mm
(1.20”)19 mm
(0.75”)
189-CL4
189-CL4H
4 mm
(0.16”)

11.5mm
(0.45”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
1 mm
(0.04”)

19.3 mm
(0.76”)

30.5 mm
(1.20”)19 mm
(0.75”)
7 x 17.6 = 123.2 mm
(7 x 0.69 = 4.85”)
148 mm+2
(5.82”) +2
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
3 x 17.6 = 52.6 mm
(3 x 0.69 = 2.21”)
72 mm+2
(2.83”) +2
1 mm
(0.04”)

14.8 mm
(0.58”)

19.2 mm
(0.76”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
189-CL204
189-CL408
8[ 6--e b ii d ?§
l
L_==i===;;;====;t~===;!;=====;t:==:;:;;==:::;t::===!;:. = ~ CAT. 189-Q.408 IEC61MUi6110VN:./OCIIIS3A C(
,._,. SERO ll:8 f'~8-r- Enc1cai>1•.cuec -ilo.,_,,.
a_
c:;;$ !L ! d
.,
ZL c::::;I
?§
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 79 188 Regional Circuit Breakers Bus Bars
Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-CLT25 189-CLT50
189-CLT50D 189-CL1EC 189-CL3EC
189-CL4EC 189-CLPS
7 mm
(0.27”)

4.3 mm
(0.17”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
13 mm
(0.51”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

32.5mm
(1.28”)

16.5 mm
(0.65”)

4.3 mm
(0.16”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
13 mm
(0.65”)
2 mm
(0.08”)
35 mm
(1.38”)

25.6 mm
(1.01”)
11 mm
(0.43”)

28.8 mm
(1.13”)

17.75 mm
(0.70”)

12.3 mm
(0.48”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)

35.3 mm
(1.39”)

29.8 mm
(1.17”)
5 mm
(0.20”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)

48.9 mm
(1.93”)
22 mm
(0.87”)
12 mm
(0.47”)

13.9 mm
(0.55”)
18 mm
(0.71”)

3.6 mm
(0.14”)

13.8 mm
(0.55”)
17 mm
(0.67”)

3.5 mm
(0.14”)

23.7 mm
(0.93”)
8 mm
(0.31”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

4.3 mm
(0.17”)

84.7 mm
(3.33”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

18.5 mm
(0.73”)

4.2 mm
(0.17”)

11.6 mm
(0.46”)

3.5 mm
(0.14”)
4 x 17.8 = 71.2 mm
(4 x 0.70 = 2.80”)
i
i r
1T
~; ~
~, § QG
~ t
F 7
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 80 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices
The Bulletin 1492-RCD line includes Residual Current Devices (RCDs), also known as Residual Current Circuit Breakers, for detecting and interrupting leakage current to ground. By detecting small leakage currents and disconnecting all ungrounded connectors quickly, RCDs can prevent injury to exposed personnel and damage to equipment.

RCDs are used in series with miniature circuit breakers for additional circuit protection from not only overload and short circuit, but also ground fault. Many short circuits begin as undetected ground faults. Using an RCD in an application may detect problems before costly equipment damage and downtime occurs.

These devices are Type A Residual Current Devices to IEC Standards. • Provides protection against current leakage to ground (earth) caused by an insulation loss between a live conductor and an exposed conductive part (such as an abraded wire, or a grounded person touching the live conductor) • Suitable for protection agai nst AC and pulsating DC (rectified AC) earth leakage current
• 30 mA sensitivity devices for personnel protection (consult local requirements) • 100, 300 and 500 mA sensitivity devices for equipment protection • Dual terminals allow a more secure connect ion of two wires, or both a wire and bus bar
• Reversible line and load connections
1492-RCD Residual Current Devices
Current
Ratings 25, 40, 63, 80 A
Rated
Sensitivity
IΔn
30, 100, 300, 500 mA
Poles 2, 4
Standards
Compliance
UL 1053
ANSI/NFPA 70
EN 61008
(1)
CSA C22.2 No.144
GB 16916
(1) Catalog numbers with -US suff ix are not EN or VDE certified.

Certifications
cURus Recognized, File No.

E53935
CE Marked
CCC Certified
VDE Certified
(1)
RCM Certified
RoHS Compliant
Suitable for DIN
Rail mounting
Scratch- and solvent-
resistant printing
IP20 ﬁnger-safe design
(all sides)
Test push button to
verify device functionality
Approval marks are
easily visible on dome
Accepts right-mounted
auxiliary and signal contacts
Terminal design helps
prevent wiring misses
Dual terminals provide
wiring/bus bar ﬂexibility
and clamp from both sides to
improve connection reliability
Indicator window
reﬂects contact state
red: closed; green: open
C • C .
• • • •
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 81 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492 – RCDA 2 A 25
ab c d e f
abc
Type Poles Sensitivity IΔn
Code Description Code Description Code Rated Sensitivity [mA] RCDA Residual Current Device, Type
A 22 -Pole A3 0
44 -Pole B1 00
C3 00
D5 00
def
Rated Current (In) Delay Option
(available on select 4-pole devices)
United States 110V Option
(available on select 30 mA sensitivity
versions)Code Current [A]
25 25 Code Description Code Description
40 40 Can be left blank Can be left blank
63 63 SW ith Delay US United States 110V
80 80
I I
82 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Product Selection Product Selection
Sensitivity Rated Current 2-Pole (1-Pole + Neutral) 4-Pole (3-Pole + Neutral) [mA] [A] Ut min = 110V Ut min = 170V Ut min = 110V With Delay Ut min = 170V 30 25 1492-RCDA2A25-US 1492-RCDA2A25 1492-RCDA4A25-US — 1492-RCDA4A25 40 1492-RCDA2A40-US 1492-RCDA2A40 1492-RCDA4A40-US — 1492-RCDA4A40 63 — — 1492-RCDA4A63-US — 1492-RCDA4A63
80 — — — — 1492-RCDA4A80
100
25 1492-RCDA2B25 — 1492-RCDA4B25 — —
40 1492-RCDA2B40 — 1492-RCDA4B40 1492-RCDA4B40S —
63 — — 1492-RCDA4B63 1492-RCDA4B63S —
300
25 1492-RCDA2C25 — 1492-RCDA4C25 — —
40 1492-RCDA2C40 — 1492-RCDA4C40 1492-RCDA4C40S —
63 — — 1492-RCDA4C63 1492-RCDA4C63S —
80 — — 1492-RCDA4C80 — —
500
25 — — 1492-RCDA4D25 — —
40 — — 1492-RCDA4D40 — —
63 — — 1492-RCDA4D63 — —
80 — — 1492-RCDA4D80 — —
Diagram
' • • • • • • -
:;':':"'.".!,. C 111 •
& ~
• • • • • •
1/2 3/4 112 314 5/6 7 18/N
n 1 1 n 1 1 1 1
w
~i
2/1 4 /3 211 413 615 817/N
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 83 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Specifications Specifications
General Data
Poles 2, 4
Rated current (In) 25, 40, 63, 80 A
Rated sensitivity IΔn
2-pole 30, 100, 300 mA
4-pole 30, 100, 300, 500 mA
Electrical Ratings
Rated short-circuit strength
10 kA with 63 A gG/gL back-up
fuse,
10 kA with 80 A gG/gL back-up
fuse for 80 A device
Rated operational voltage Ue per IEC/EN 230/400V AC
Rated voltage Ue per UL 480Y/277V AC
Max. operating voltage of circuit test 254V AC
Min. operating voltage of circuit test 110V (1)
(1) Ut min = 170V for selected 30 mA sensitivity types as indicated in the product selection chart on page 82.

Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated conditional short-circuit 10 kA (SCPD - fuse gG 100 A) Rated residual breaking capacity 1 kA
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Uimp (1.2/50 μs) 4 kV
Dielectric test voltage at ind. freq. for 1
min. 2.5 kV
Electrical endurance 10,000 operations
Mechanical Data
Indicator window Red ON/green OFF
Protection degree Housing IP4X
Terminals IP2X
Environmental
Ambient temperature
(with daily average +35 °C) -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F)
Storage temperature -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F)
Mechanical endurance 20,000 operations
Installation
Terminal type Dual terminal
Cross-section of wire - solid,
stranded, flexible (front/back
terminal slot)
25…63 A 25/25 mm
2 18…4 AWG
80 A 35/35 mm2
18…2 AWG
Cross-section of bus bars
(front/back terminal slot)
25…63 A 10/10 mm
2 80 A 16/16 mm2
Tightening torque
25…63 A 2.8 N•m
25 in•lb
80 A 4.8 N•m
43 in•lb
Mounting DIN Rail EN 60715 (35 mm)
with fast clip device
Supply Optional
Approximate Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions (H x D x W) 2-pole 88 x 67 x 35 mm
4-pole 88 x 67 x 70 mm
Weight 2-pole 200 g (7.1 oz.)
4-pole 350 g (12.3 oz.)
Combination with Auxiliary Elements
Auxiliary contact Yes
Signal contact Yes
Power Loss Due to Current
Rated Current Power Loss 2-pole Power Loss 4-pole
[A] [W] [W]
25 1 1.3
40 2.4 3.2
63 3.2 4.4
80 8.8 33.3
I
I
I I
I
I
84 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 2-, 4-Pole 2-Pole 4-Pole
35 mm
(1.4”)
88 mm
(3.5”)
67 mm
(2.6”)75 mm
(3.0”)
70 mm
(2.8”)
l~i~ °II I[;
ID[§)
=I □
ID[§)
=
ID~ 1 □ IITi I
ID[§) I filJ_l
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 85 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Accessories
Accessories
Right Mount
Photo Product Description
(1) (2) (3)
(1) A maximum of one C.O. type signal cont act, and one C.O. type auxiliary contact OR two C.O. type auxiliary contacts may be installed per 1492-RCD. (2) A maximum of one 189-AR11, -AR02, or -AR20 auxiliary contact may be installed per 1492-RCD. They may not be combined with C. O. type contacts. (3) A maximum of three accessories of any type may be installed per 1492-RCD. The signal contact must be mounted closest to the RCD, then the auxiliary contact(s). For allowed combinations, and installation instructions please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.

Contacts Standards Certifications UL/CSA Max.

Current/Voltage
IEC Ratings
Current/Voltage Cat. No.

Auxiliary/Signal
Contact
1 N.O./N.C.
(1 C.O.) UL 1077
CSA 22.2 No. 235
EN 60947-5-1
GB 14048.5
UL Recognized
CSA Certified
CE Marked
VDE Certified
CCC Certified
1 A @ 480 V AC
2 A @ 277 V AC

1.5 A @ 125 V DC
2 A @ 60 V DC
4 A @ 24 V DC
2 A @ 230 V (AC-14)
1 A @ 400 V (AC-14)

1.5 A @ 110 V (DC-12)
1 A @ 220 V (DC-12)
4 A @ 24 V (DC-13)
2 A @ 60 V (DC-13)
189-AR3
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

Ir-! J
I I
.)
~
" ~)
r-~ : • •
I • • : •
;
r-t "'J
'l . •
' I ~
•
~)
•
I ~I ~-
•
86 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Accessories
Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-ASCR3
189-AR3
189-AR11, 189-AR02, 189-AR20
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
85 mm
(3.35”)

8.8 mm
(0.35”)
74 mm
(2.91”)
(3
,--------- IDllD
e
•
,------~CD
----
0 c:::::::,
~•.--------
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 87 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Bus Bars
Bus Bars
1492-RCD Cuttable Bus Bars 1492-RCD Bus Bar Accessories Description Pins Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(1)
(1) These devices are CE Mark ed, but not certified to any UL, CSA, or other standard.

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(1)
2-Phase MCB to RCD 4 10 189-CL204 Terminal Power Feed, 6…25 mm2 10 189-CLT25 4-Phase MCB to RCD 8 10 189-CL408 Terminal Power Feed, 6…50 mm2 10 189-CLT50 Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 189-CLT50D
For 2-phase bus bar (2)
(2) 189-CL3EC also used for 2- and 3-phase MCB bus bars. 10 189-CL3EC
For 4-phase bus bar 10 189-CL4EC
Protective Shroud for unused pins 10 189-CLPS
1492-RCD

2.4 Nm
(21 lb in)
I I 1-
88 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 2- and 4-Phase Bus Bars
4 mm
(0.16”)

11.5mm
(0.45”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
1 mm
(0.04”)

19.3 mm
(0.76”)

30.5 mm
(1.20”)19 mm
(0.75”)
7 x 17.6 = 123.2 mm
(7 x 0.69 = 4.85”)
148 mm+2
(5.82”) +2
4 mm
(0.16”)

9.8 mm
(0.39”)

17.6 mm
(0.69”)
3 x 17.6 = 52.6 mm
(3 x 0.69 = 2.21”)
72 mm+2
(2.83”) +2
1 mm
(0.04”)

14.8 mm
(0.58”)

19.2 mm
(0.76”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
189-CL204
189-CL408
I.
m CAT. 189-CL204 Made in Germany ( E:
.._,.. SER. 0 IEC 664 UI 690V AC/DC le 63A
m CAT. 189-CL408 IEC 664 Ui 690VAC/OC le 63A c (
.._,.. SER. □ 'A8,~8-o- endcap 189-CL4EC MadeinGermany
A 4-t:)C I H
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 89 1492-RCD Residual Current Devices Bus Bars
Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 189-CLT25 189-CLT50
189-CLT50D 189-CL3EC
189-CL4EC 189-CLPS
7 mm
(0.27”)

4.3 mm
(0.17”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
13 mm
(0.51”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

32.5mm
(1.28”)

16.5 mm
(0.65”)

4.3 mm
(0.16”)
15 mm
(0.59”)
13 mm
(0.65”)
2 mm
(0.08”)
35 mm
(1.38”)

25.6 mm
(1.01”)
11 mm
(0.43”)

28.8 mm
(1.13”)

17.75 mm
(0.70”)

12.3 mm
(0.48”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)

35.3 mm
(1.39”)

29.8 mm
(1.17”)
12 mm
(0.47”)

13.9 mm
(0.55”)
18 mm
(0.71”)

3.6 mm
(0.14”)

13.8 mm
(0.55”)
17 mm
(0.67”)

3.5 mm
(0.14”)

23.7 mm
(0.93”)
8 mm
(0.31”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

4.3 mm
(0.17”)

84.7 mm
(3.33”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

18.5 mm
(0.73”)

4.2 mm
(0.17”)

11.6 mm
(0.46”)

3.5 mm
(0.14”)
4 x 17.8 = 71.2 mm
(4 x 0.70 = 2.80”)
i r
~
F
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 90 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors
Bulletin 1694 Electronic Circuit Protection (ECP) Modules protect the secondary circuit of 24V DC switched mode power supplies. The modular system can handle multiple channels or 40 A of total current consumption. Designed for 24V DC circuits, 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors provide comprehensive protection against short circuit and overcurrent conditions while allowing for inrush current. • Clear status indication by means of multicolor LED and auxiliary contact (located in power feed)
• Selective load protection by means of electronic trip curve • No tools required at commissioning
• Width per channel only 12.5 mm (1-channel) or 6.25 mm (2-channel) 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors
Voltage 24V DC (18…30V DC)
Output
Current
1 A…10 A (1-channel)
1 A/1 A…6 A/6 A (2-channel)
1 A…4 A NEC Class 2
Standards
Compliance
UL 2367, File No. E350272
UL 1310 NEC Class 2
cULus508, File No. E56639
Certifications
CE Marked
RoHS Compliant
China RoHS
Morocco EMC
WEEE
Multi-color LED for status indications
and switch ON/OFF channels
Hinged arm design for
easy connection - no wires required
Power feed module
Suitable for
DIN Rail mounting
Push-in terminals
Measuring points
Dual channel module
Single channel module
169 -PFA 1694-PM2 1694-PM1 1694-PM1
DC24V
40A
DC24V DC24V DC
■
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 91 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Assembly Example Assembly Example
Protection Modules
Distribution Modules
Complete Assembled
ECP
Power Feed Modules
92 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Power Feed Options Power Feed Options
1694-PF1244 or -PFA1244 Left Mount Power Feed Module (standard) IMPORTANT These are sample schematic diagrams for 24V DC power connection. Load connections to protection modules are not displayed. Number of protection modules may vary. The power supply shown is a representation.

Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position:
1694-PFA1244
1694-PM110
1694-PM211
1694-PM244
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
14 ~694-Pf 7
13 o.J
I
ov •
LINE•1--
II
§
1A
.. . .. ••
Gl
§ ...
§ ... . .
■ ..
••
II II r-~~~- ~,

I -GND- I
~ ------l
■■
•• . . •• --•• •.• ••
-•• •
■■
. •• -
■■
• •
ov
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 93 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Power Feed Options 1694-PF3L4C Mid or Right Mount Power Feed Module
Typical application: the power supply is connected to both power feed modules. This can be used for redundancy power distribution.

AUX contacts (13/14) of the left mount power feed, catalog number 1694-PFA1244 can be used for signalizing tripping information to PLC.

Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position:
1694-PFA1244(a)
1694-PM110
1694-PM110
1694-PF3L4C
1694-PM211
1694-PM244
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
(a) Left-mount power feed catalog number 1694-PFA1244 or 1694-PF1244 must be connected as end device on the far left position. If not mounted there is a non-connected blue hinged arm to the far left mount protection module (in example to catalog number 1694-PM110). u ~MM-PF,
,,o-.1
I
ov -
UNE•1 ►
ADDR
COM
It~-,
I I
I I
I I
ov--1,.. ___ _
94 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Power Feed Options 1694-PF3L4C Mid or Right Mount Power Feed Module
Typical application: can be used to connect two power supplies in parallel. Use case: The original assembly required a 10 A power supply.

Now, the assembly is extended and the new current consumption = 20 A. AUX contacts (13/14) of the left mount power feed, catalog number 1694-PFA1244 can be used for signalizing tripping information to PLC.

Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position:
1694-PFA1244(a)
1694-PM110
1694-PM110
1694-PF3L4C
1694-PM211
1694-PM244
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
(a) Left-mount power feed catalog number 1694-PFA1244 or 1694-PF1244 must be connected as end device on the far left position. If not mounted there is a non- connected blue hinged arm to the far left mounted protection module (in example given to catalog number 1694-PM110).
1 .. ~694-Pf-,
13o-.l
I
ov •
LINE .. ,e-
r -------., 169' -PM
+
ADOR
COM
,,,,
LI E•1 - - ...... --+- -+<
LINE•1 (;JV
+
GI
■■
•• • • ••
--·· •.• .. -.. •
•• ••
ov
Ir 1694-:i,i:-,
-GND-
1 I
I I
I I
av ►
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 95 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Power Feed Options 1694-PF3L4C Mid or Right Mount Power Feed Module
Typical application: the mid/right mount power feed module catalog number 1694-PF3L4C can be used for distributing the 24V DC (+ and 0V) to another decentralized cabinet. Power consumption of 1694 assembly in Cabinet 1 and power consumption of 1694 assembly in Cabinet 2 cannot exceed 40 A.

Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position (Cabinet 1 only):
1694-PFA1244
1694-PM110
1694-PM110
1694-PM211
1694-PM244
1694-PF3L4C
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
1694-PF3G4
Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2
r -----,
U o--!$94-Pf
1Jo-/
I
ov ..

LINE+1 ..

L -----
Gl ,_,
IX.<"•'i
,.,.
. .
• I!
•• • § § • 10A 10A
• • !Ii !Ii
• •
r -------, 1694-f't.l
LOAD• 2. 1 I (2 2)
§
1A
§
1A
• •
§
il
§ • • <A •
Ir 16~~-,
-GND-
1 I
I I
I I
ov ..

Gl Cl> Cl> ;, Gl
it.1-K,',
'"'"""
i'-"1:-Pll:: ,,.., .... •=•
c,cu._- C.:l'•.., C-:.<''V C,C,.;.1'#
"""" ... ,.,.
■■
•• •• § § •• • • •• . . ■■
--••
1A il
•• •• •.• •• • • § •.• ■■
• •• • • -• • • •
il
• ■■
• •• -•• ••
+
ov ov
96 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Power Feed Options 1694-PF2L4S Mid Mount Power Feed Module
Typical application: different sections of a machine for example, power supply for sensors, power supply for actuators.The tripping information of t
he whole assembly is connected with the AUX contact (13&14) on left mount 1694-PFA1244. If a UPS is used as a supply for certain circuits and protectors.
1694-PMD2A10 Adjustable Current Protection Module
Protection Module, catalog number 1694-PMD2A10 can be used in standard, non-communicating assemblies. See following example:

IMPORTANT Standard protection modules (1694-PM_) can not be used in IO-Link configurations. For adjustable current Protection Module (Cat. No. 1694-PMD2A10) product selection, see 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Protection Modules on page 106.

Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position:
1694-PFA1244
1694-PM110
1694-PM110
1694-PF2L4S
1694-PM211
1694-PM244
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
Starting from left position:
1694-PFA1244
1694-PMD2A10
1694-PMD2A10
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
0 0 e 0
Ui, 4-PfA 1G,W, MD 1G,..P MD 1G,..P F
OC2AV DC241V OC2AV OC24V
----<OA
----
'°A
----•= •= ----•= = ■
§ §
1-10A 1-10
§ §
1-10A 1-10A
• • • •
•
ill~ Ill~
• •• ••
AODR
COM
riv '1-,t----- ""T"- t-t
Ut.lE•I IN
+
+
0 1~41-DM
DC24V
,..
■■
••
■■
••
■■
•• ■■
•• ■■
••
1'-'.ffl.:
""'"
§
4A
lr1694.ff-,
r-:=-~7, •GNO-,.., .... t'-"t-t.• I I I .GN{).

I I
'. ______
E!<:.i.•'I C,C.i.•'I I I .... OV ►
1_ _____ .,/I
•• •• • •
■■
·-•• •• ■■
•
-•• • •• •• ■■
••
ov
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 97 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number.

Power Feed Modules(a)
Protection Modules
1694 – PFA 1 24 4
ab c d
ab c
Module Type Mounting Position Function
Code Description Code Description Code Description
PF Power Feed Module Standard 1L e f t 24 Line (24 V DC input) PFA Power Feed Module Standard
with AUX Contact 2M i d d l e LL i n e
3 Middle or Right GG N D
d
Max Current
Code Description
44 0 A
4C(1)
(1) With line option only.

Line Connected
4S(1) Line Separated
(a) For an adjustable current Protection Module, see 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Protection Modules on page 106. 1694 – PM 1 4- CL2
ab c d
ab c
Module Voltage Number of Channels Output Current Rating Code Description Code Description Code Description
PM Protection Module 11 - c h a n n e l 11 A
22 - c h a n n e l s 22 A
33 A
44 A
d 66 A
Rating 88 A
Code Description 10 10 A
blank No options 11 1 A, 1 A
CL2(1)
(1) Class 2 (100 VA) = 1 A…4 A
Class 2 22 2 A, 2A
33 3 A, 3A
44 4 A, 4A
66 6 A, 6A
i----+----
~___L____ Ir-+----
7 I _______,_I___JI
L__________L__I I _ I
98 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Catalog Number Explanation Distribution Modules
1694 – DM 1 L 2
ab c d
ab c
Module Type Terminal Designator Function
Code Description Code Description Code Description
DM Distribution Module 1 10 Terminals
(1 x Line entry/ 9 x Load +) LL i n e
2 10 Terminals
(2 x Line entry separate /
4 x Load + each)
GG N D
3 10 terminals GND
d
Max Current
Code Description
22 0 A
1- I · l-=~===-1 L=_+-=--=-==-
I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 99 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Product Selection Product Selection
Power Feed Modules
Protection Modules
Distribution Modules
Mounting Position Supply Voltage Max Current Aux Contact Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Left
24V DC 40 A No 1 1694-PF1244
24V DC 40 A Yes 1 1694-PFA1244
0V Ground 40 A No 1 1694-PF1G4
Middle 24V DC 40 A Line Separated No 1 1694-PF2L4S
Middle or Right 24V DC 40 A Line Connected No 1 1694-PF3L4C 0V Ground 40 A No 1 1694-PF3G4
Number of Channels Fixed or Adjustable
Current Current Class 2 Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
1 Fixed
1 A —4 1694-PM11
Yes 4 1694-PM11-CL2
2 A —4 1694-PM12
Yes 4 1694-PM12-CL2
3 A —4 1694-PM13
Yes 4 1694-PM13-CL2
4 A —4 1694-PM14
Yes 4 1694-PM14-CL2
6 A — 4 1694-PM16
8 A — 4 1694-PM18
10 A — 4 1694-PM110
2 1 A —4 1694-PM211
Yes 4 1694-PM211-CL2
2 A —4 1694-PM222
Yes 4 1694-PM222-CL2
3 A —4 1694-PM233
Yes 4 1694-PM233-CL2
4 A —4 1694-PM244
Yes 4 1694-PM244-CL2
6 A — 4 1694-PM266
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
10 Terminals, 1xLINE, 9xLOAD, Imax 20A 1 1694-DM1L2
10 Terminals, 2xLINE, 4xLOAD, Imax 20A 1 1694-DM2L2
10 Terminals, Ground, Imax 20A 1 1694-DM3G2
100 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Specifications Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Operating voltage 24V DC (18..30V DC)
Operating current Max. 40 A
Rated current 1...10 A fixed current
Environmental
Operating temperature -25°...+60°C (-13...140°F)
Storage temperature -40°...+70°C (-40...158°F)
Humidity / Damp heat 96 hrs / 95% climate class 3K3
Degree of pollution 2
Degree of protection IP 20
Construction
Terminal wire
gauge
Push-in terminal PT10 AWG20 …AWG8 (0.5mm² to 10mm²)
Push-in terminal
PT2.5 AWG24 …AWG14 (0.14mm² to 2.5mm²)
Termination type Push-in
Weight per module lb. (g) approx. 0.13 (60)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 101 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Power Feed Modules
Protection Modules
Distribution Modules
35 (1.38)
98 (3.86)

91.5 (3.6)
80 (3.15)

12.4 (0.49)

34.7 (1.36)

98.5 (3.88)
92 (3.62)
80 (3.15)

12.5 (0.49)
max. 125 (4.92)

34.7 (1.36)

98.5 (3.88)
92 (3.62)
80 (3.15)

12.5 (0.49)
max. 125 (4.92)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 102 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Bulletin 1694 Electronic Circuit Protection (ECP) offer the same basic functionality as the standard, non-communication devices of the 1694 product line. The communication versions of the protection modules allow for monitoring and parameter setting. A two-channel protection module allows adjustable current from

1..10 A.

The communication power feed allows for IO-Link communication via a plug-in connector. This connector links, via a cable, to the IO-Link Master. • Monitoring of current, vo ltage, and trip counter
• Remote reset capability
• Warning threshold for nominal current selectable
• Adjustable current setting for corresponding module
1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors
Voltage 24V DC (18…30V DC)
Output
Current
1 A…10 A (1-channel)
1 A/1 A…6 A/6 A (2-channel)
1 A…4 A NEC Class 2
Standards
Compliance
UL 2367, File No. E350272
UL 1310 NEC Class 2
cULus508, File No. E56639
Certifications
CE Marked
RoHS Compliant
China RoHS
Morocco EMC
WEEE
Two-Channel Protection
Module with Adjustable Current
IO-Link Connector
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 103 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices IO-Link Sample System IO-Link Sample System
This is a short overview of IO-Link technology. For more details please refer to IO-Link specification published on IO-Link community web page https://io-link.com.

The IO-Link technology is an open point-to-point communication standard and was launched as (IS) IEC 61131-9. IO-Link is now the globally standardized technology developed initially mainly for sensor and actuator communication with a field bus system. This technology provides benefits to both original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and end users.

IO-Link provides a point-to-point link between the I/O module and device that is used for transferring detailed diagnostics, device identity information, process data, and parameterization.

IO-Link communication is based on a structure in which the master controls the interface access to the IO-Link device. The option of using the intelligence that is integrated into the IO-Link device provides the user with new commissioning methods. Benefits range from reduced installation time during startup to increased diagnostics over the lifetime of the machine.

IMPORTANT This is a Rockwell Automation sample system. IO-Link communication works with any IO-Link Master/System components Ethernet
Point-to-Point
*
e 10-Link
Bi-Directional
PLC
Compactlogix
1734I0-Link Master
-·
:· ' , 3-wi re cable
'\""".: non-shieled
1694 I0-Link Assembly
104 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices IO-Link Sample System 1694 IO-Link Application Example
IMPORTANT Distribution modules for +24V DC (Line) and 0V GND can be used universally for standard and IO-Link assemblies. The same statement is valid for 0V GND power feed modules.
: 1734 10-Unk Master
8 Module configuration in sample schematic diagram
starting from left position:
1694-PFD1244
1694-PMDlB
1694-DM1L2
1694-PMD222-CL2
1694-PMD2Al0
1694-PF1G4
1694-DM3G2
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 105 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number.

Power Feed Module
Protection Modules
Distribution Modules
1694 – PFD 1 24 4
ab c d
ab c
Module Type Mounting Position Function
Code Description Code Description Code Description
PFD Power Feed Module IO-Link 1L e f t 24 Line (24 V DC input) d
Max Current
Code Description
44 0 A
1694 – PMD 1 4- CL2
ab c d
ab c
Module Voltage Number of Channels Output Current Rating Code Description Code Description Code Description
PMD Protection Module IO-Link 11 - c h a n n e l 11 A
22 - c h a n n e l s 22 A
33 A
44 A
d 66 A
Rating 88 A
Code Description 10 10 A
blank No options 11 1 A, 1 A
CL2(1)
(1) Class 2 (100 VA) = 1 A…4 A
Class 2 22 2 A, 2A
33 3 A, 3A
44 4 A, 4A
66 6 A, 6A
A10 Adjustable 1…10 A
IMPORTANT Distribution modules for +24V DC (Line) and 0V GND can be used universally for standard and IO-Link assemblies. The same statement is valid for 0V GND power feed modules.
f--.---------+-----------jl I I I ll------+--1 --------j I
106 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Product Selection Product Selection
Power Feed Module +24V DC (Line)
Protection Modules
Mounting Position Supply Voltage Max Current Aux Contact Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Left 24V DC 40 A No 1 1694-PFD1244
Number of Channels Fixed or Adjustable
Current Current Class 2 Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
1 Fixed
8 A — 4 1694-PMD18
10 A — 4 1694-PMD110
2 1 A —4 1694-PMD211
Yes 4 1694-PMD211-CL2
2 A —4 1694-PMD222
Yes 4 1694-PMD222-CL2
3 A —4 1694-PMD233
Yes 4 1694-PMD233-CL2
4 A —4 1694-PMD244
Yes 4 1694-PMD244-CL2
6 A — 4 1694-PMD266
Adjustable 1…10 A — 4 1694-PMD2A10
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 107 1694 Electronic Circuit Protectors - Communication Devices Specifications Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Operating voltage 24V DC (18..30V DC)
Operating current Max. 40 A
Rated current 1...10 A fixed current

1...10 A adjustable current
Environmental
Operating temperature -25°...+60°C (-13...140°F)
Storage temperature -40°...+70°C (-40...158°F)
Humidity / Damp heat 96 hrs / 95% climate class 3K3
Degree of pollution 2
Degree of protection IP 20
Construction
Terminal wire
gauge
Push-in terminal PT10 AWG 20…8 (0.5…10mm²)
Push-in terminal
PT2.5 AWG 24…14 (0.14…2.5mm²)
Termination type Push-in
Weight per module lb. (g) approx. 0.13 (60)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 108 Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Power Feed Module
Protection Modules
1 .

98.S (3.88)

12.5(0.49 )
~ ,c
N
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 109 1492-MC Circuit Breakers
1492-MCA Circuit Breakers
Bulletin 1492-MC thermal magnetic Circuit Breakers are general-purpose devices suitable for branch circuit protection in industrial applications. They combine thermal and magnetic trip actions and provide accurate overload and short-circuit protection for conductors and connected equipment.
• Thermal-magnetic protection
• 10 kA interrupting capacity
1492-MCE/MCG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers
This line of ground fault sensing breakers are designed, manufactured and certified to North American and the equivalent CSA standards.

The 1492-MCE devices are Ground Fault Equipment Protectors (GFEPs) that protect from low-level fault currents. With a sensing threshold of 30 mA, these devices are suitable for equipment protection.

The 1492-MCG devices are Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) that protect from low- level fault currents. With a sensing threshold of 5 mA, these devices are suitable for personnel protection.

The 1492-MCGA devices are Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) with inherit self test capability as required by the UL 943 standard.
• UL 489 circuit breaker with GFCI (5 mA sensitivity) or GFEP (30 mA sensitivity)
• 10 kA interrupting capacity
1492-MC Circuit Breakers
Rated
Voltage 120/240V AC, 240V AC
Interrupting
Capacity 10 kA
Current
Ratings 10…60 A
Poles 1, 2, 3
Standards
Compliance
UL 489
CSA C22.2 No. 5
HACR (10…100 A)
SWD (15 and 20 A) for
Switching Duty for
fluorescent
lighting applications
1492-MCE
only
UL 1053
CSA C22.2 No. 144
1492-MCG
only
UL 943
CSA C22.2 No. 144
Certifications
UL Listed, File No. E197878
CSA Certified, File No.
216034
Mounts with DIN rail adapter
or panel mounting clips
Three-position handle
on, tripped (middle), off
High contrast markings
for easy viewing
Finger-safe
design (front)
(built-in for 1/2”)
1492-MCA/MCB
1492-MCE/MCG
Suitable for DIN rail
mounting
Test push button to
verify device functionality
I
110 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492-MC A A 1 15
abcd
ab c d
Device Type Interrupting Capacity Poles Rated Current (In) Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Current [A] A 1/2 in. wide/pole (DIN Rail
mounting) A1 0 k A A I C 11 - p o l e 10 10
E GFEP (30 mA) AT 10 kA AIC — with self test
capability (GFCI only)
22 - p o l e 15 15
GG FCI (5 mA) 2H (240V AC) 20 20
33 - p o l e 25 25
30 30
35 35
40 40
45 45
50 50
55 55
60 60
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 111 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Product Selection
Product Selection
1492-MCA Branch Circuit Breakers
Photo
Continuous
Ampere Rating
@ 40 °C (104 °F)
Width
per Pole
120/240V AC Width
per Pole
240V AC
1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
[A] [in.] Cat. No. Cat. No. [in.] Cat. No. Cat. No.
10 1/2 1492-MCAA110 1492-MCAA210 — — —
15 1/2 1492-MCAA115 1492-MCAA215 1/2 1492-MCAA2H15 1492-MCAA315 20 1/2 1492-MCAA120 1492-MCAA220 1/2 1492-MCAA2H20 1492-MCAA320 25 1/2 1492-MCAA125 1492-MCAA225 1/2 1492-MCAA2H25 1492-MCAA325 30 1/2 1492-MCAA130 1492-MCAA230 1/2 1492-MCAA2H30 1492-MCAA330 35 1/2 1492-MCAA135 1492-MCAA235
40 1/2 1492-MCAA140 1492-MCAA240
45 1/2 1492-MCAA145 1492-MCAA245
50 1/2 1492-MCAA150 1492-MCAA250
55 1/2 1492-MCAA155 1492-MCAA255
60 1/2 1492-MCAA160 1492-MCAA260
1492-MCE/MCG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers
Photo
Continuous Ampere Rating
@ 40 °C (104 °F)
Width
per Pole
120V AC 120/240V AC (1)
(1) These devices are for grounded neutral 240V wye systems only. 1-Pole 2-Pole
[A] [in.] Cat. No. Cat. No.

GFEP (30 mA Sensitivity)
15 1 1492-MCEA115 1492-MCEA215
20 1 1492-MCEA120 1492-MCEA220
25 1 1492-MCEA125 1492-MCEA225
30 1 1492-MCEA130 1492-MCEA230
40 1 1492-MCEA140 1492-MCEA240
50 1 — 1492-MCEA250
GFCI (5 mA Sensitivity)
15 1 1492-MCGAT115 1492-MCGAT215
20 1 1492-MCGAT120 1492-MCGAT220
25 1 1492-MCGAT125 1492-MCGAT225
30 1 1492-MCGAT130 1492-MCGAT230
40 1 1492-MCGAT140 1492-MCGAT240
50 1 — 1492-MCGAT250

112 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Accessories
Accessories
Device Description 1-Pole 2- and 3-Pole
Locking Attachment for Circuit Breaker 1492-MCAAxxx 1492-AMCAL1 1492-AMCALM DIN Rail Adapter for GFCI and GFEP, use two per pole 1492-AMCDIN1 Panel Mounting Clips for GFCI and GFEP, use two per device 1492-AMCP1 Terminals
Line and Load
Terminals
Continuous Current
Rating Wire Type Wire Range [AWG] Terminal Torque Line Strip Length Cat. No. 10…60 A
Copper (Cu)
14…10 20 lb•in
(2.3 N•m)
7/16 in. 1492-MCAAxxx8 25 lb•in
(2.8 N•m)
6…4 27 lb•in
(3.0 N•m)
Line
15…50 A
14…10 20 lb•in
(2.3 N•m) 9/16 in.
1492-MCEAxxx
8 25 lb•in
(2.8 N•m) —
Load
6…4 27 lb•in
(3.0 N•m) — 1492-MCGATxxx
e~
;~
e ~-:-:-:, ---
Q_Q
I
I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 113 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Specifications
Specifications
Electrical Ratings
Rated voltage See rated voltage tables
Continuous current rating @ 40°C (104°F) 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60 A Rated short circuit capability See interrupting capacity tables Environmental
Operating temperature 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) (non-condensing) Shipment and short term storage limits -40 °C…+80 °C (-40…176 °F) Degree of protection 1/2 in. wide circuit breakers are finger safe from front per IEC.

Mechanical
Mounting DIN rail
Wire size
See terminal tableTerminal torque
Recommended wire strip length
Cat. No.

Rated Voltage Interrupting Capacity (rms Symmetrical Amperes) [V AC] [V DC] (1)
(1) Rating as supplementary protector.

AC Rating [kA] DC Rating [kA] (1)
1492-MCAA1xx 120/240 24, 48, 62.5
10 31492-MCAA2xx
1492-MCAA2Hxx 240 24, 48, 62.5 31492-MCAA3xx
Cat. No. Rated Voltage Interrupting Capacity (rms Symmetrical Amperes) [V AC] AC Rating [kA]
1492-MCEA1xx 120
10 1492-MCEA2xx 120/240 (1)
(1) These devices are for grounded neutral 240V wye systems only. 1492-MCGAT1xx 120
1492-MCGAT2xx 120/240 (1)
114 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Application Information Application Information
Selection of a Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breaker with appropriate circuit protection includes consideration of:
• Circuit voltage
• Circuit frequency
• Available short circuit current
• Continuous current rating
• Application considerations
• Special operating conditions
The following discussion is based upon National Electric Code and UL requirements. Similar considerations are appropriate for Canadian applications.

Circuit Voltage
Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers are rated by voltage class.

Applications should not exceed the listed voltage range.

Circuit Frequency
Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers may be applied to frequencies from DC up to 60 Hz without derating. For applications above 60…400 Hz, contact Rockwell Automation with specific application information for the derating of the circuit breakers.

Available Short Circuit Current
Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers should only be applied in those applications in which the available short-circuit (or fault) current is less than or equal to the interrupting rating shown in the Voltage and Interrupting Ratings table.

Continuous Current Rating
Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers are rated in RMS amperes at a 40 °C (104 °F) ambient temperature per UL 489 (CSA 22.2 No. 5.1). This temperature is the ambient temperature external to an industrial enclosure. If a circuit breaker is applied in a temperature that exceeds the 40 °C (104 °F) ambient, then the circuit breaker should be derated. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for derating information.

Application Considerations
The selection of a specific ampere rating for a specific application is dependent on the type of load and duty cycle and is governed by the National Electric Code (Canadian Electric Code) and UL/CSA. In general the codes require that overcurrent protection is at the current supply and at points where wire sizes are reduced. In addition the codes state that conductors be protected according to their current carrying capacity. There are specific situations that require application consideration, such as motor circuit, and guidelines for the selection for transformer protection.

Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers are "non-100% rated" as defined by UL 489 Part 7.1.4.2. As such the circuit breaker's rating should be loaded to no more than 80%, if used with continuous loads.

Branch Circuits:

Bulletin 1492-MC circuit breakers may be used to protect branch circuits. A branch circuit is the wiring portion of a system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit.

Guidelines established in NEC, CEC, UL, and CSA should be used to determine the specific device. The examples on page, also apply to the 1492-MC devices.

The user should select devices that meet this requirement.

References: NEC 240.12. Also see CEC.

Self Test Capability (GFCI only)
Per UL 943 (5.16 / 6.30), GFCI devices have built-in self test capability. The self test is an internal, automated function running in the background. For more information please refer to UL 943 standard.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 115 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
Time Current Curve — 1-Pole Circuit Breaker Time Current Curve — 2-Pole Circuit Breaker Maximum
Maximum Interrupting Time
(50-70 Amp)
(10-40 Amp)
— 40 ºC Ambient
— 4 ft 60 º/75 ºC Wire per Terminal
— Open Air
Minimum

TIME IN SECONDS
10,000
100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
10,000
8000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
800
600700
500
400
300
200
100
80 6070
50 100,000
80,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
Maximum Single-Pole
Trip Times at 25 °C➀
Maximum
Maximum Interrupting Time
Minimum
— 40ºC Ambient
— 4 ft 60º/75ºC Wire per Terminal
— Open Air
— Current in All Poles

TIME IN SECONDS
10,000
100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
1 HOUR1 MINUTE
10,000
8000
6000
4000
3000
2000
1000
800
600
500
400
300
200
100
50 100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
11 1 1 1 ;
\ \
I I " I I I I
' \ .. I I \ '\
\ I I I I
' - l
'
_,.
.
\
'\
I\
~ \ I\ \
\
, \
.\
'\ '\
"'
\
'\
\
'\
I'\
116 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Tripping Characteristics Time Current Curve — 3-Pole Circuit Breaker

TIME IN SECONDS
10,000
100
50 30
20 10
5 3
2 1
.5
.3
.2
.1
.05
.03
.02
.01
.005
.003
.002
.001
1,000
500
300
200
5,000
3,000
2,000
1 HOUR1 MINUTE
10,000
8000
6000
4000
3000
2000
1000
800
600
500
400
300
200
100
50 100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
— 40ºC Ambient
— 4 ft 60º/75ºC Wire per Terminal
— Open Air
— Current in All Phases
Maximum Interuppting Time
MaximumMinimum
I \
\
\
-" '
I\
'
I\
'
'\
" \.
'\
'\
'\
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 117 1492-MC Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in inches (mm). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1-, 2-, 3-Pole (3-Pole shown)
1-Pole 2-Pole
1-, 2-Pole
1-Pole 2-Pole

2.513
(63.83)

0.844
(21.44)

2.750
(69.85)

0.360
(9.14)
18 18
24 0.640
(16.26)
Radius
Reset
Off
On
0 Trip

2.250
(57.15)

1.780
(45.21)

3.938
(100.03)

1.470
(37.34)

1.404
(35.66)

3.125
(79.38) 1.480
(37.60)
T erminal
#14-4

1.272
(32.31)

1.378
(35.00)
DIN Rail
Mounting
Location
Width
For width per pole by
catalog number, see
Product Selection on
page 111.

0.990

25.15)

2.249
(57.12)

1.240
(31.50)

2.850
(72.39)

0.865
(21.97)

0.454 0.562

3.812
(96.82)
18 24
Reset
0 Trip
Ground Neutral
Wire Length

24.000 inches
(609.60)
Side View

2.250
(57.15)

0.990
(25.15)
1824
Reset
Rad

0.5 (14.

Front View
R
0 (1

2.250
(57.15)

0.990
(25.15)
124
Rese
25A
50A
Front View

1.980
(50.29)

2.500
(63.50)

0.865
(21.97)
Line End View

0.219
(5.56)

1.96 (49.53)
Line End View

2.890
(73.41)
~ .. -►
- @ (@
t ~f----+----+---+ ' t
11@ ~r ,- @ J~ I
C ~ ---, ~
.-
r
1r
E l l" _J
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 118 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors
Bulletin 1492-GH/GS high density miniature circuit breakers are thermal magnetic type supplementary protectors. These products are a high-density design often used when panel space (width) is a premium. Up to 24 one-pole breakers can be mounted per foot. • Low current ratings and numerous rated currents for precise circuit requirements • Can be ordered with auxiliary contacts that do not add any additional space • AC and DC voltage ratings in one convenient device
• A positively trip-free mechanism (breaker operation cann ot be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position)
• Superior shock and vibration resistance capabilities; to help prevent nuisance tripping
1492-GH Supplementary Protectors
Bulletin 1492-GS breakers are 1-pole devices. They use a push-to-set mechanism for circuit actuation and come with a manual trip button for manually opening the circuit. 1492-GS Supplementary Protectors
Bulletin 1492-GS breakers are available in 1-, 2-, and 3-pole devices. They use a toggle style handle mechanism for circuit actuation. These breakers may also be ordered with an internally mounted N.O. auxiliary contact that requires no additional mounting space. 1492-GS/GH Supplementary Protectors
Rated
Voltage
-GH: 250V AC 50/60 Hz
-GS: 480Y/277V AC 50/60 Hz
Current
Ratings
-GH: 0.2…15 A
-GS: 0.2…25 A
Poles -GH: 1
-GS: 1, 2, 3
Standards
Compliance
UL 1077
CSA C22.2 No.235
EN 60934
Certifications
UL Recognized, File No.

E65138
CSA Certified, File No. 72348
CE Marked
VDE Certified
RoHS Compliant
Universal mounting
footprint
High density
allows 24 1-pole
breakers per foot
Two button
operation
Spring-charged mechanism
prevents arcing
Integrated auxiliary
1 N.O. contact
(optional) without
additional width1492-GH
1492-GS
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 119 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492 – GH 002
ab
ab
Poles Rated Current (In)
Code Description Code Current [A]
GH 1-Pole 002 0.2
005 0.5
008 0.8
010 1
012 1.2
015 1.5
020 2
025 2.5
030 3
040 4
050 5
070 7
100 10
150 15
1492 – GS1G 002 H1
abc
ab c
Poles Rated Current (In) Auxiliary Contact
Code Description Code Current [A] Code Description
GS1G 1-Pole 002 0.2 Can be left blank
GS2G 2-Pole 005 0.5 H1 With 1 N.O. integrated auxiliary contactGS3G 3-Pole 008 0.8
010 1
012 1.2
015 1.5
020 2
025 2.5
030 3
040 4
050 5
060 6
070 7
080 8
100 10
120 12
150 15
160 16
200 20
250 25
120 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Product Selection Product Selection
Amperage [A]
1492-GH 1492-GS
1-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.2 1492-GH002 1492-GS1G002 1492-GS2G002 1492-GS3G002

0.5 1492-GH005 1492-GS1G005 1492-GS2G005 1492-GS3G005

0.8 1492-GH008 1492-GS1G008 1492-GS2G008 1492-GS3G008
1 1492-GH010 1492-GS1G010 1492-GS2G010 1492-GS3G010

1.2 1492-GH012 — — —

1.5 1492-GH015 1492-GS1G015 1492-GS2G015 1492-GS3G015
2 1492-GH020 1492-GS1G020 1492-GS2G020 1492-GS3G020

2.5 1492-GH025 1492-GS1G025 1492-GS2G025 1492-GS3G025
3 1492-GH030 1492-GS1G030 1492-GS2G030 1492-GS3G030
4 1492-GH040 1492-GS1G040 1492-GS2G040 1492-GS3G040
5 1492-GH050 1492-GS1G050 1492-GS2G050 1492-GS3G050
6 — 1492-GS1G060 1492-GS2G060 1492-GS3G060
7 1492-GH070 1492-GS1G070 1492-GS2G070 1492-GS3G070
8 — 1492-GS1G080 1492-GS2G080 1492-GS3G080
10 1492-GH100 1492-GS1G100 1492-GS2G100 1492-GS3G100
12 — 1492-GS1G120 1492-GS2G120 1492-GS3G120
15 1492-GH150 1492-GS1G150 1492-GS2G150 1492-GS3G150
16 — 1492-GS1G160 1492-GS2G160 1492-GS3G160
20 — 1492-GS1G200 1492-GS2G200 1492-GS3G200
25 — 1492-GS1G250 1492-GS2G250 1492-GS3G250
Integrated Auxiliary Contact — Add suffix — H1 for integrated N.O. auxiliary (only one may be added per device)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 121 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Specifications Specifications
1492-GH 1492-GS
1-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
UL/CSA 200 A
(Not to exceed 100 x rated A)

0.2…16 A 5 kA C1 (2 kA C1 for 65V DC — 1-pole)
18…25 A 2 kA C1
IEC/EN 60934 (CBE) — 0.2…5 A 400 A
6…25 A 800 A
Maximum voltage ratings 250V AC 50/60 Hz
65V DC
480Y/277V AC 50/60 Hz
65V DC
Temperature range -40…+149 °F (-40…+65 °C) non-condensing Operating life 6000 operations @ rated current
Housing material Glass-filled Polyamide 6.6
Shock 25 G, 11 ms duration
Vibration 5 G (10…500 Hz)
Dielectric strength 1500V AC 1600V AC
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ @ 500V DC
Terminal type Tubular screw with self-lifting box lug
Wire size #22…10 AWG
Recommended wire strip length 0.44 in. (11.2 mm) Main terminal — 0.51 in. (13 mm) aux terminal — 0.41 in. (10.4 mm) Terminal torque 1.3…1.4 N•m (10…12 lb•in) 0.656 N•m (5 lb•in) N.O. auxiliary contact rating — 1.0 A AC or DC (resistive load) I
122 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in inches (mm). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-GH 1492-GS
1-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
Height 3.15 in. (80 mm) 3.15 in. (80 mm)
Depth 2.89 in. (73.4 mm) 3.48 in. (88.5 mm)
Width 0.49 in. (12.4 mm) 0.49 in. (12.5 mm) 0.98 in. (25 mm) 1.47 in. (37.5 mm) H
D
W
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 123 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Application Information Application Information
UL 1077, CSA C22.2 #235
In North America, miniature circuit breakers are recognized as supplementary protectors and are intended for use as overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided or not required.

Internationally, these products are rated to IEC standards as circuit breakers for equipment (CBE).

Selection Information
High-density supplementary protector/miniature circuit breaker applications include, but are not limited to, the protection of test equipment, control instrumentation, solenoids, and power supplies.

The wide range of current values and the use of a thermal magnetic trip system allows for a variety of applications where a very accurate and compact breaker is required.

To select a miniature circuit breaker, use the following procedure:

1. Determine the inrush correction factor from the following table.

For resistive loads use an inrush correction factor of 1.0.

2. Determine the temperature correction factor from the following table.

3. Determine the sealed current of the load being protected.

4. Multiply the sealed current by the two correction factors and select the closest higher ampere rating.

When several breakers are rail mounted adjacent to each other, the no-trip current will be 80% of rated current at
70 °F (21.1 °C). Using selection tables, select Bulletin 1492-GH/GS that allows full load current nearest without exceeding application current. Also, check that inrush current is less than trip range of 6…10 In.

Inrush Ratio Correction Table
Inrush Ratio 1:1 to 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:7 1:8
Factor 1:3 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:7
Ambient Temperature Correction Table
Ambient
Temperature
70 °F
(21.1 °C)
100 °F
(37.8 °C)
120 °F
(48.9 °C)
140 °F
(60 °C)
160°F
(71.1 °C)
180 °F
(82.2 °C)
200 °F
(93.3 °C)
Factor 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
EXAMPLE For a solenoid with sealed current of 0.5 A, an inrush ratio of 1:8, and an ambient
temperature of +110 °F, (0.5 x 1.7 x 1.15 =

0.9775), select the 1.0 A miniature circuit
breaker. Tripping time of the miniature
circuit breaker is determined from the table
below. Divide the miniature circuit breaker
value by the temperature correction factor
from the Ambient Temperature Correction
Table to determine the actual rated current
referenced in the table below.

Tripping Times in Seconds at 70 °F (21.1 °C)
Percent
Rated
Current
100% 200% 300% 400% 500% 600% 1000%
2000
%
Greate
r
Tripping
Times
(Seconds)
No Trip 10
…40
3 …18

1.5 …9

0.8 …6

0.003
…4

0.009
…2
Max.

0.02 I I I

I I I I I I I
124 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-GH/-GS — Supplementary Protectors Tripping Characteristics Tripping Characteristics
When several breakers are rail mounted adjacent to each other, the no-trip current will be 80% of rated current at 70 °F (21.1 °C).

Time Current Curve –1492-GH Time Current Curve –1492-GS Seconds
Tripping Time at 70 ˚F
Trip current is 140% of rated current.

Protector will hold 100% of rated
current indefinitely.

Will trip within one hour at 140% of
rated current.

0.05...7.5 A

8...15 A
Percent Rated Current
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 50 70 100 1 0.001

0.01 0.1
10 100
1000
10 000
V AC, 73 °F , 23 °C
1 1.05

1.4 6.0

12.0 xIn t
> 1 hr
< 1 hr
>0.1 sec
<0.1 sec

8...25 A

0.1...7.5 A
' ). fl
JI
,, ~
•
If If
/ 'I /I
I/,
I/
9 I
I 1,
)I
,.
~
-
0 8 :i1R ~fiil
10000 8000
6000
4000
3000
000 2
1 000
800
800
400
300
2 1
00 00
80 80
40 30
20 10
8 6
4 3
2 1
.8 00
600
400
300
200
100
080
060
040
030
020
.010 .008
.006
.004
.003
.002
.001
I
~ \
·;
~'
-
$
·;
" ,, I " --
;,.
'-L, l's~
\
x In (rated current)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 125 1492-FB Fuse Holders
The 1492-FB fuse holder family is designed for use in many OEM applications, such as power supplies, equipment protection, primary and secondary control transformers, solenoids, lighting and heater loads, and drives.

Bulletin 1492-FB fuse holders provide a safe and convenient means for installation of Class CC, J, and Midget fuses. To support correct fuse type installation, the Class CC fuse holder is designed to reject a Midget fuse or international 10 x 38 mm fuse. The Class J fuse holder will reject all fuses other than a Class J fuse.

All Allen-Bradley Class CC, J, and Midget fuse holders are UL Listed and CSA Certified for branch circuit protection. They are excellent for wire protection, small motor loads, and group protection of small motor loads. The Midget fuse holder is also CE Marked for 10 x 38 mm IEC Midget fuses.
• Compact size requires less panel space than open-style fuse holders • Handle isolates the fuse from top-wired power when installing or removing fuse • Terminals are shipped in open position and ready for wiring • Suitable for use in field wiring applications
1492-FB Fuse Holders
Poles 1, 2, 3
Fuse Types
Midget 30 A
Class CC 30 A
Class J 30 A
Class J 60 A
Standards
Compliance
Midget
Class
CC
Class J
UL 4248-1
CSA 22.2 No. 39
EN 60947-1 & 3
UL 4248-4
CSA 22.2 No. 39
UL 4248-8
CSA 22.2 No. 39
Certifications
UL Listed, File No. E34648
CSA Certified, File No. 71101
CE Marked
RoHS Compliant
IP20 (front) ﬁnger-safe
protection
Mounts on standard
35 mm DIN Rail
Label holder
Optional blown fuse
indicators for easy
circuit troubleshooting
126 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-FB Fuse Holders Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; some combinations may not produce a valid catalog number. 1492 – FB1 C30 L
abc
ab c
Poles Fuse Type With Indication
Code Description Code Description Code Description
FB1 1-Pole M30 Midget Type 30 Amp Can be left blank
FB2 2-Pole C30 C Class 30 Amp L With indication 110…600V AC/DC FB3 3-Pole J30 (1)
(1) Bus bars do not fit on Class J fuse holders.

J Class 30 Amp D1 D1 With indication 12…72V AC/DC
J60 (1) J Class 60 Amp
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 127 1492-FB Fuse Holders Product Selection
Product Selection
Accessories
Description
For Midget Fuse For Class CC Fuse For Class J Fuse (1)
(1) Bus bars do not fit on Class J fuse holders.
30 A 30 A (2)
(2) All major fuse brands and current ranges have been evaluated for this fuse holder. Due to the heat they generate, the follow ing fuses must be derated:

Mersen ATQR 1.25 I = 0.42 A max.

Mersen ATQR 1.40 I = 0.47 A max.
30 A 60 A
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
1-Pole
Fuse Block 1492-FB1M30 1492-FB1C30 1492-FB1J30 1492-FB1J60 Fuse Block with Indication, 110…600V
(3)
(3) 690V when used in IEC applications.
1492-FB1M30-L 1492-FB1C30-L 1492-FB1J30-L 1492-FB1J60-L Fuse Block with Indication, 12…72V 1492-FB1M30-D1 1492-FB1C30-D1 — — Pieces per Carton 12 12 6 6
2-Pole
Fuse Block 1492-FB2M30 1492-FB2C30 1492-FB2J30 1492-FB2J60 Fuse Block with Indication, 110…600V
(3) 1492-FB2M30-L 1492-FB2C30-L 1492-FB2J30-L 1492-FB2J60-L Pieces per Carton 6 6 3 3
3-Pole
Fuse Block 1492-FB3M30 1492-FB3C30 1492-FB3J30 1492-FB3J60 Fuse Block with Indication, 110…600V
(3) 1492-FB3M30-L 1492-FB3C30-L 1492-FB3J30-L 1492-FB3J60-L Pieces per Carton 4 4 2 2
Description Size Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Fuse holder Identification Slide-in Markers
(blank marker squares slip into molded slot.100 markers/card) 5 mm x 5 mm 5 cards 1492-MC5X5
6 mm x 5 mm 1492-MC6X5
128 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-FB Fuse Holders Specifications
Specifications
Product Type
(n = number of poles)
M CC J30 (1)
(1) Bus bars do not fit on Class J fuse holders.

J60 (1)
1492-FBnM30 "B"
1492-FB1M30-D1 "B"
1492-FBnM30-L "B"
1492-FBnC30 "B"
1492-FB1C30-D1 "B"
1492-FBnC30-L "B"
1492-FBnJ30 "B"
1492-FBnJ30-L "B"
1492-FBnJ60 "B"
1492-FBnJ60-L "B"
For Fuse Type: Midget
13/32" x 1-1/2" (10 x 38 mm) Class CC Class J
Maximum voltage AC/DC 600V, 690V (IEC) 600V 600V
Maximum current 30 A, 32 A (IEC) 30 A 30 A 60 A
Maximum current withstand (UL/CSA) Fuse dependent 50 kA max UL 200 kA sym 200 kA sym
Operating temperature range -4…+130 °F, -20…+55 °C
Conductor material Copper, stranded
Conductor strip length 0.43 in. (11 mm) 0.79 in. (20 mm) Conductor range
1 wire per terminal #18…4 AWG
(0.75…25 mm2)
#18…1 AWG
(0.75…50 mm2)
#14…1 AWG
(2.5…50 mm2)
2 wires (2) per terminal
(2) Both wires must be same size
#18…8 AWG
(0.75…10 mm2)
#18…6 AWG
(0.75…16 mm2)
#14…6 AWG
(2.5…16 mm2)
Terminal tightening torque
#18…8 AWG: 22 lb•in
#6…4 AWG: 26 lb•in

0.75…25 mm2: 2.5 N•m
35 lb•in (4 N•m)
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 129 1492-FB Fuse Holders Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in inches (mm). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Dimension For Midget Fuse For Class CC Fuse For Class J Fuse 30 A 30 A 30 A 60 A
Height 3.19 in.
(81 mm)

3.19 in.
(81 mm)

4.65 in.
(118 mm)

4.65 in.
(118 mm)
Depth 2.51 in.
(64 mm)

2.51 in.
(64 mm)

2.76 in.
(70 mm)

3.23 in.
(82 mm)
Width
1-Pole 0.71 in.
(18 mm)

0.71 in.
(18 mm)

1.41 in.
(36 mm)

1.57 in.
(40 mm)
2-Pole 1.41 in.
(36 mm)

1.41 in.
(36 mm)

2.83 in.
(72 mm)

3.15 in.
(80 mm)
3-Pole 2.13 in.
(54 mm)

2.13 in.
(54 mm)

4.25 in.
(108 mm)

4.72 in.
(120 mm)
Height
Width
Depth
130 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-FB Fuse Holders Bus Bars
Bus Bars
Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution
1492-FB Bus Bars (1)
(1) Bus bars do not fit on Class J fuse holders.
1492-FB Bus Bar Accessories
Description Pins
Rated
Current
[A] (2)
(2) Refer to the diagrams below for Feeder Terminal & Bus Bar Current Distribution Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(3)
(3) cULus, UL508, EN 60947-1, CE Marked
Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
(3)
1-Phase
57 100 A 1 1492-A1B1 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, for 1-phase bus bar 10 1492-AAT1LP 57 80 A 1 1492-A1B8 Terminal Power Feed, 35 mm2, for 2- or 3-phase bus bar 10 1492-AAT1
2-Phase 56 100A 1 1492-A2B1 Dedicated Power Feed, 50 mm2 10 1492-AAT2 56 80 A 1 1492-A2B8 End Cover for 1-phase bus bar 10 1492-A1E 3-Phase 57 100A 1 1492-A3B1 End Cover for 2- or 3-phase bus bar 10 1492-AME 57 80 A 1 1492-A3B8 Protective Shroud for unused pins 10 1492-AAP S1 S2 S3
ls
< 80 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 80 A / Ø
80 A
1492-A1B8...
1492-A2B8...
1492-A3B8...

End Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 80 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 80 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 80 A / Ø
Other Feed

S1 S2 S3
ls L
< 100 A / Ø
SnSn S3 S2 S1
ls R
< 100 A / Ø

Ie = l s L + I s R < 100 A / Ø
Other Feed
S1 S2 S3
ls
< 100 A / Ø
S4 Sn
Ie = l s < 100 A / Ø
100 A
1492-A1B1...
1492-A2B1...
1492-A3B1...

End Feed
1492-F B ...
1492-A A T 2
A A T 1L P

10...1/0 50 5.5
A W G lb-in N m

18...4 21 2.4
A W G lb-in N m

6...4 27 3.1
1492-A A P
Position high current drawing
devices near to the Feed Terminal.
*
*
*
*
1492-A A T 1 S
1492-
1492-SP, -D
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 131 1492-FB Fuse Holders Bus Bars
Bus Bar Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A1B1
1492-A1B8
2-Phase Bus Bars
1492-A2B1
1492-A2B8
1012 mm
(39.84”)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70 = 39.24”)

5.5 mm
(0.22”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
15 mm
(0.59”)

15.6 mm
(0.61”)

2.5 mm
(0.10”)
5 mm
(0.20”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.23”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)
991 mm +2
(39.02” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”) 55 x 17.8 = 979 mm
(55x 0.70 = 38.54”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
>--~----~--=_ •_=-_" __ 8"-~_11-r_-_-_-_-= __ ___,jj ,_ ---~- --~--=_ •_- _«_8_,,_~_11-r_ -_-_ ___, 1009 mm +2
(39.72"'2)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
~ 8 m~ (56 X 0.70 = 39.24")
(0.70")

2.5mm
(0.10")
15mm

5.5mUu:uuun
10 22·~~
5 mm (0.59")
(0.20")
§ Gd Gd Gd di Gd Gd Gd tj
15mm
(0.59")
""f§==--=, ==ca-i·,===-, "' ===-==-I ;-I ,a, ===-,ri=, ===,---,===-, "' ===.---.l~ 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-FB Fuse Holders Bus Bars
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-A3B1
1492-A3B8
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70 = 39.24”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)
2 mm
(0.08”)6 mm
(0.24”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)
1009 mm
+2

(39.72” +2)

17.8 mm
(0.70”)

13.5 mm
(0.53”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
1009 mm +2
(39.72” +2)
56 x 17.8 = 996.8 mm
(56 x 0.70” = 39.24”)

21.2 mm
(0.83”)

36.5 mm
(1.44”)
23 mm
(0.91”)

1.5 mm
(0.06”)
§ d Eid Eid es d Eid Eid!
_J
bdEidEid~F,dEid6~
Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 133 1492-FB Fuse Holders Bus Bars
Bus Bar Accessory Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. 1492-AAT1 1492-AAT1LP
1492-AAT2 1492-A1E
1492-AME 1492-AAP
3 mm
(0.12”)

36.1 mm
(1.42”)

12.4 mm
(0.49”)
6 mm
(0.24”)
11 mm
(0.43”)
21 mm
(0.83”)

17.75 mm
(0.70”)
29 mm
(1.14”)
40 mm
(1.57”)

10.5 mm
(0.41”)
30 mm
(1.18”)

12.3 mm
(0.48”)
@)
~,
~-3
p
~
~
I------ 21.6 mm ~
(0.85")
l
_J
I
u
5mm
(0.20")

85.2mm
(3.351
14mm
(0.55")
1mm
(O.D4")
-I _J

8.5mm
L(0.33")
24m~ (0.94")

23.8mm
- (0.93")
134 Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 1492-FB Fuse Holders Bus Bars
Notes:

Rockwell Automation Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020 135 Control Circuit and Load Protection Selection Guide
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.

You can view or download publications at rok.auto/literature.

Resource Description
Circuit Breaker Brochure, 140G-BR001 Overview of the full line of Allen-Bradley® circuit breakers and motor protection devices.

EtherNet/IP Network Devices User Manual, ENET-UM006 Describes how to configure and use EtherNet/IP devices to communicate on the EtherNet/IP network.

Ethernet Reference Manual, ENET-RM002 Describes basic Ethernet concepts, infrastructure components, and infrastructure features.

System Security Design Guidelines Reference Manual, SECURE-RM001 Provides guidance on how to conduct security assessments, implement Rockwell Automation products in a secure system, harden the control system, manage user access, and dispose of equipment.

Industrial Components Preventive Maintenance, Enclosures, and Contact Ratings Specifications, publication IC-TD002
Provides a quick reference tool for Allen-Bradley industrial automation controls and assemblies.

Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and Maintenance of Solid-State Control, publication SGI-1.1
Designed to harmonize with NEMA Standards Publication No. ICS 1.1-1987 and provides general guidelines for the application, installation, and maintenance of solid-state control in the form of individual devices or packaged assemblies incorporating solid-state components.

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.

Product Certifications website, rok.auto/certifications. Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.

Publication 1492-SG122N-EN-P - October 2020
Supersedes Publication 1492-SG122M-EN-P - September 2020 Copyright © 2020 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

Rockwell Automation Support
Use these resources to access support information.

Documentation Feedback
Your comments help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve our content, complete the form at rok.auto/docfeedback.

Technical Support Center Find help with how-to videos, FAQs, chat, user forums, and product notification updates. rok.auto/support Knowledgebase Access Knowledgebase articles. rok.auto/knowledgebase Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the telephone number for your country. rok.auto/phonesupport Literature Library Find installation instructions, manuals, brochures, and technical data publications. rok.auto/literature Product Compatibility and Download Center
(PCDC)
Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and access product release notes. rok.auto/pcdc
Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental compliance information on its website at rok.auto/pec.

Allen-Bradley, expanding human possibility, and Rockwell Automation are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.

EtherNet/IP is a trademark of ODVA, Inc.

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş. Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752, İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur Connect with us. ~ [@] lffl ~
rockwellautomation.com ----------------------------- expanding human possibility· AMERICAS: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444 EUROPE/MIDDLE EAST/AFRICA: Rockwell Automation NV, Pegasus Park, De Kleetlaan 12a, 1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: (32)2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 ASIA PACIFIC: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 25081846 Miscellaneous
Rockwell Automation Order Number:
6506422918
Date:
5/6/2026
www.se.com
Square D
TM
Surgelogic
TM

Internal Mount Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)

IMA/IMB
Square D
TM
Surgelogic
TM
IMA/IMB internal mount Surge
Protective Devices (SPDs) deliver specification grade
performance for service entrance or critical branch
panel applications. These multi-phase surge suppression systems provide transient suppression and in a compact
user mountable packages.

The robust design of the IMA/IMB allows manufacturers
of custom electrical equipment to add premium surge
protection capabilites to their designs.

Square D™ Surgelogic™ IMA/IMB SPDs utilize a
high-energy parallel design that provides all modes of
suppression at each surge current rating per phase.

They contain a suppression circuit that not only provides transient suppression, but also EMI/RFI noise attenuation.

IMB
IMA
II I 11
I I
I r
Life Is C!)n
GJ
Scb,oeider
.:,-Electric
2 Life is On | Schneider ElectricSquare D
TM
Surgelogic
TM
IMA/IMB Surge Protective Devices
Square D
TM
Surgelogic
TM
surge protective devices (SPDs) incorporate individually fused and thermally protected metal oxide varistors (MOVs). This feature provides superior withstand capability for systems with unstable power , without compromising transient clamping performance. The component level fusing also allows the surge protector to be directly connected to the electrical bus without external overcurrent protection.

When connecting via a breaker , which acts as a service disconnect, consult local electrical codes to select the appropriate size based upon the wire gauge to be used. Factory recommendations listed are based upon National Electrical Code (NEC ®
).

Warranty
Square D™ Surgelogic™ IMA/IMB SPDs have a 10-year limited warranty.

Features Advantages Benefits
Performance Testing
Performance testing verifies the specified
device works as intended with proven and
documented results.

The design has been tested and shown
to be capable of performing to defined
specifications.

Individually Fused MOVs Component level fusing of the metal oxide varistors (MOVs).

Provides premium surge suppression while
managing both thermal and overcurrent
end-of-life events. Can be direct bus
connected without external overcurrent
protection.

Remote Mount Display Allows status display to be mounted externally.

Easily visible status indication of internally
mounted surge suppression components.

Surge Event Counter Provide visual indication of surge events. Assurance that installed device is clamping and logging surge events.

LED Status Indication Allows visual indication of the
suppressor’s status.

Provides immediate response if suppressor
is damaged.

Audible Alarm (with silence button)
Dry Contacts
Provides audible indication and changed
relay state of failed components.

Immediate notification through audible
alarm, and remote signaling via dry
contacts, if reduced suppression occurs.
3 Life is On | Schneider ElectricSquare D
TM
Surgelogic
TM
IMA/IMB Surge Protective Devices
IMA/IMB SPDs
Performance IMA IMB
Surge Current Rating per Phase 200kA 300kA & 500kA
Nominal Discharge Current (I n) 20kA
Short Circuit Current Rating
Withstand 200,000A
Modes of Protection All
Suppression Technology Individually Fused MOVs
Thermal & Overcurrent Protection Yes
EMI/RFI Attenuation - -25 dB (Type 1)
Enhanced EMI/RFI Attenuation -42 dB -54 dB (Type 2)
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz
Repetitive Impulse 20,000 15,000
IMA Mechanical Description
Display Cables 36 in. (0.9 m.)
Connection Method 10 AWG - 2 AWG Terminals
Mounting Method / Circuit Type Internal/Parallel
Operating Altitude Sea Level-12,000’ (3,658 m)
Storage Temperature -40˚ F (-40˚ C) to 149˚ F (65˚ C)
Operating Temperature -4˚ F (-20˚ C) to 149˚ F (65˚ C)
Operating Humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing
Dimensions 9.86 x 6.13 x 3.56 in.
(250.4 x 155.7 x 92.7 mm.)
Weight 8.6 lbs. (3.9 kg.)
IMB Mechanical Description
Display Cables 60 in. (1.5 m.)
Lead Connection Method 14 AWG - 2 AWG Lug
Neutral Connection Method 10 AWG, 6 feet (1.83 m) Prewired Mounting Method / Circuit Type Internal/Parallel
Operating Altitude Sea Level-12,000' (3,658 m)
Storage Temperature -58˚ F (-50˚C) to 176˚ F (80˚ C)
Operating Temperature -13˚ F (-25˚ C) to 140˚ F (60˚ C) Operating Humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing
Dimensions
300kA 11.0 x 6.5 x 4.5 in.
(299 x 165 x 114 mm.)
500kA 11.0 x 9.0 x 5.3 in.
(299 x 280 x 135 mm.)
Weight
300kA 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg.)
500kA 7.0 lbs. (3.2 kg.)
Flexible Installation
IMA/IMB modules are wired directly into the
system using the included lug connection
points. This allows easy mounting for direct bus
connection or into a nearby circuit breaker for
minimum lead length which maximizes device
performance.

Remote Mount Display
• Surge Event Counter
• Gree
n LED status per phase
• Dry co
ntacts
• Audib
le alarm with silence switch
• Push t
o test diagnostic button

Standards and Performance
• Type 1: cURus per UL 1449 5th Edition CSA

22. 2 No. 269.1
• Type 2
: cURus per UL 5th Edition CSA 22.2
No. 269.2, UL 1283 7th Edition
• ANSI
/IEEE Std. C62-72-2016 (Clause 13:2)
NEMA SPD 1.1-2019 Section 3.3.8
Testing levels passed
• Perf
ormance Testing documents available
- TR-8
0400 EMA-IMA
Performance Testing Summary
- TR-8
0200 EMD-EML-IMB
Performance Testing Summary
Specifications
4 Life is On | Schneider ElectricSquare D
TM
Surgelogic
TM
IMA/IMB Surge Protective Devices
Voltage
Surge
Current
Rating
Catalog
Numbers
UL 1449 Test Data
Type
Voltage Protection Ratings (VPR) SCCR
Withstand MCOV

L-N L-G N-G L-L
120/240V, 1Ø, 3W+G,
Split [1][5]
200kA IMA12 1
700 700 700 1200
200,000A
150
300kA
IMB13 1 100,000A
IMB13F 2 100,000A
208Y/120V, 3Ø, 4W+G,
Wye [2][5][6]
200kA IMA22
1 700 700 700 1200
200,000A 150300kA
IMB23 1
IMB23F 2
500kA IMB25 1 800 700 700 1200
240/120V, 3Ø, 4W+G,
HLD[5]
200kA IMA32 1 700/
1200
700/
1000 700 1200/
1500 200,000A 150/
320300kA IMB33 1
480Y/277V, 3Ø,
4W+G, Wye [3][5][6]
200kA IMA42 1
1200 1200 1200 2000
200,000A 320300kA
IMB43 1
IMB43F 2
500kA IMB45 1 1200 1000 1200 1800
480V, 3Ø, 3W+G,
Delta [4]
200kA IMA52 1
- 1800 -
2000
200,000A 550300kA IMB53 1 1800
500kA IMB55 1 - 1800 - 1500
240V, 3Ø, 3W+G,
Delta
200kA IMA62 1
- 1200 - 1200 200,000A 320
300kA IMB63 1
600Y/347V, 3Ø,
4W+G, Wye [5][6]
200kA IMA82 1
1500 1500 1200 2500 200,000A 420
300kA IMB83F 2
600V, 3Ø, 3W+G,
Delta
200kA IMA92 1
- 2500 - 2500 200,000A 690
300kA IMB93 1
[1] 120/240V series also applies to the following voltage 127/254V. [2] 208Y/120V series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127V. [3] 480Y/277V series also applies to the following voltages 380Y/220V, 400Y/230V and 415Y/240V. [4] 480V Delta series also applies to the following voltage 480Y/277V HRG. [5] Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded. [6] Can be used on 3-wire grounded Wye systems without neutral. Jumper the neutral and ground lugs using 10AWG wire.

For warranty and troubleshooting of existing devices, contact [email protected] or 800-577-7353.

IMA/IMB Catalog

Dimensions
Schneider Electric
6700 Tower Cir #700
Franklin, TN 37067

NEUTRAL CONNECTION

72.00 [1828.80]
Phase C
Service
Phase B
Phase A
Surge Counter

3.600
[91.44]

3.45 [87.6]

0.081
[2.06]

4.62 [117.3]

4.30 [109.22]

0.213 DIA HOLE

0.16 [4.06]

3.94 [100]

3.45 [87.6]

0.25 [6.3]

4.62 [117.3]

0.25 [6.3]

5.12 [130]
4X 6-32 PEM STUD

1.22 [31]

1.32 [33.5]

6.60 [167.6]
Mounting Hole
Locations

6.13 [155.7]

5.33 [135.3]

0.49 [12.4]

0.89 [22.6]

5.69 [144.5] 9.86
[250.4]
GROUND NEUTRAL2.39
[60.7]

0.78 [19.8]

3.65 [92.7]
inches
[mm]
inches
[mm]
IMA
IMA/IMB Display Cutout IMB 300kA
IMB 500kA
© 2024 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a trademark and the property of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

HO-70135 RevA 11/2024
The information provided in this document contains general descriptions and/ or technical characteristics of the performance of the described products or services. For detailed specification, performance, and instruction of use, refer to corresponding catalogs and user guides if available.

Schneider Electric reserves the right to make changes or updates with respect to or in the content of this document or the format thereof, at any time without notice.
www.se.com

REMOTE DISPLAY

CONNECTOR
0 2.000 3.500
[50.80] [88.90]
0 0
7[/YJ
[177.80]
0 0

ORY CONTACT
0 U 49
[120.62]

3.g38
[100.03]
I

CUSTOMER

CONNECTION

1.170 1.-4-29
[29.73] [36.JO]
I r ,,~~,-,---- ,
r

6.594
[167.49]

7.330 8.500
JT
19~~
[49.02]
E-1
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

PUMP
STOP
GROUND

REFERENCE

PUMP START
A.C. SUPPLY LINE

3. PROBES

2. FITTING

1. CONTROL

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick Intro / p1of3 / 3-APR-14
Warrick® Conductivity-Based
Liquid Level Control
The concept is simple: Take advantage of a liquid’s conductive properties to complete a circuit and cause a control relay to actuate. Use of permanently-mounted stationary electrodes gives the user precise accuracy, repeatability and no-moving-parts reliability.

Application Versatility
Pumps. For feeding of elevated tanks; drainage of wastewater from industrial sumps; batch processing; irrigation and flood control; sewage disposal; seal leakage detection.

Boilers. Supervise feedwater flow; critical low water cutoff protection; alarm functions.

Steam. Steam cookers; steam generators; evaporators; sterilizers. Automatic shut off of heat source in the event of a low water level; proper water level maintenance through the energizing of a solenoid valve.

Drink Dispensers. Control the carbonator tanks’ water level.

High and/or Low Level Alarms. In boilers, process and storage tanks and similar equipment.

Solenoid Control. As simple on/off devices, for process control.

Fuel. Fuel storage tank level detection and leakage indication.

Sewage. Sewage and waste water level detection.

Specialty Control Panels.

System Components
The illustration, to the right, graphically defines the typical Warrick® liquid level control system, which includes three basic elements:

1. Controls. The control is an electrical device with contacts that open and close in response to liquid levels sensed by the probes. Because it is wired directly to the power source and to the sensing source, it can send signals that activate or de-activate solenoids, pumps, or alarms.

Warrick
® controls are available in many different designs and sensitivity ratings for a wide range of application requirements.

2. Fittings. The fitting is a housing that holds the probes (or floats), insulates them from the vessel, and provides a means of connection to the control.

Warrick
® fittings are available for single-probe or multi-probe applications, for mounting to vessels in a variety of ways, and in open or pressure tight styles.

3. Probes. The probe is a sensor that extends downward from the fitting, with the tip positioned precisely at the level where the control should be activated.

Warrick
® probes are available in a variety of materials to suit different liquids and a variety of lengths to fit different depth requirements.

Example of Warrick System Application
The liquid level control system shown here is designed
for “pump up” application. The pump will start refilling the vessel when the liquid reaches the lower probe tip, then stop refilling the vessel when the liquid reaches
the higher probe tip.

Contents Page Start
General Purpose Plug-In Modules ..................E-4
General Purpose Open Board Controls .......E-6
Low-Water Cutoff Controls ..........................E-7 Relay Output..................................................E-9 Kits and Options .........................................E-10 Relay Output................................................E-12 Intrinsically Safe Controls ..........................E-14 Multi-Function Controls .............................E-16 Fittings and Probes .....................................E-17 Panel Controls and Alarms ........................E-26
Pump-up system
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
CAT. NO.
17A1G1

E-2
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

Ohms
Controls
Series
16, 16D, 16M,
16DM, 16VM
Series
17 Series
27, 37
Series
47 Series
67 Series
26, 26M
Series
19MR
Series
DF
50 — — — — — — — —
450 — — — — — — — —
1,500 — — — — — — — —
3,000 — — 4000 — — — — —
3,300 — 5000 — — — — — —
4,700 10000 3500 — — 4000 900 — 900
7,000 — — — — — — — —
10,000 5700 1750 900 — 2400 600 — 600
11,000 — — — — — — 5500 —
19,000 — — — — — — 3000 —
20,000 — — — — — — — —
22,000 — 1000 — — — — — —
26,000 2200 — — 1500 1200 250 — 250
47,000 — 500 — — — — — —
50,000 1075 — — 900 600 — — —
100,000 570 250 75 — — — — —
470,000 270 — — — — — — —
1,000,000 38 — — 400 300 — — —
3,000,000
Contact factory for more information
5,500,000

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick Intro / p2of3 / 3-APR-14

INTRODUCTION
Principle of Operation
Solid State Controls employ two separate
circuits, one for sensing and
comparing current flow and one
for energizing the output relay.

This ‘switch within a switch’
allows solid state controls to
operate at much lower secondary
voltages (12VAC typical), and much
higher sensitivities. Advantages of
this technology include reduced shock
hazard, one moving part the output
relay, wide sensitivity range and latching
capability for auto refill or empty applications.

Sensitivity Data
Sensitivity vs. Maximum Probe Wire Distances – in feet* * Based on type MTW or THHN #14 or #16 AWG wire. Other wire size and sensing medium may reduce overall maximum distance.

Notes:

1. DC on probe circuit-maximum distance between control and probe is limited to the total resistance of the wire and liquid.

2. Total resistance must not exceed the sensitivity of the control.

3. On controls directly connected to floats rather than probes, maximum distance is limited only to the total resistance of the wire.

4. AC on probe circuit has greater restrictions on maximum distance.

Intrinsically Safe Controls are solid
state controls which limit current
and voltage to a level incapable
of igniting flammable gasses,
vapors or dust. They can be
used as conductivity liquid level
controls or with dry contact
devices such as Gems Flow and
Level Switches or other non voltage
storing or producing devices.

E-3
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

Liquid or Material
Sensitivity-Conductivity Probe Material
Ohms/cm Micro-Mhos/cm Good1 Better2
Acids3 Consult Factory Consult Factory
Aluminum Hydroxide 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel Titanium Aluminum Sulfate 2.2K 250 316 Stainless Steel Hastelloy C Ammonia 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel N.A.

Ammonium Chloride 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Titanium
Ammonium Hydroxide 10K 100 316 Stainless Steel Titanium Ammonium Nitrate 18K 50 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Ammonium Sulfate 10K 100 316 Stainless Steel Titanium
Baby Foods 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Barium Chloride 1K 1K Carpenter 20 N.A.

Barium Nitrate 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel N.A.

Beer 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Black Liquor 1K 1K Consult Factory
Borax – Aqueous 10K 100 Brass 316 Stainless Steel
Bourbon 200K 5 N.A. 316 Stainless Steel
Brine 1K 1K N.A. Hastelloy C
Buttermilk 1K 1K N.A. 316 Stainless Steel
Cadmium Chloride 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel N.A.

Cadmium Nitrate 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel N.A.

Cake Batter 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Calcium Chloride 1K 1K Carpenter 20 Hastelloy C
Calcium Hydroxide 10K 100 316 Stainless Steel Titanium
Catsup 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Caustic Soda 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Hastelloy B
Cement Slurry 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Coffee 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Corn Syrup 45K 21 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Corn – Cream Style 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Ferric Chloride 10K 100 N.A. Titanium
Ferrous Sulfate 10K 100 Carpenter 20 Titanium
Ink (Water Base) 2.2K 450 N.A. 316 Stainless Steel
Jams/Jellies 45K 21 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Juices – Fruit/Vegetable 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Lithium Chloride 1K 1K N.A. Carpenter 20
Magnesium Chloride 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Carpenter 20 Magnesium Hydroxide 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel N.A.

Mayonnaise 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Mercuric Chloride 90K 11 N.A. Titanium
Milk 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Molasses 10K 100 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Mustard 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Oil – Soluble 10K 100 N.A. 316 Stainless Steel
Paper Stock 5K 200 Titanium N.A.

Photographic Solutions 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Hastelloy C Plating Solutions 2.2K 450 N.A. 316 Stainless Steel
Potassium Chloride 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Titanium
Salts – Chemical 2.2K 450 Monel N.A.

Sewage 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Silver Nitrate 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Carpenter 20
Soap Foam 18K 50 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Sodium Carbonate 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel Monel
Sodium Hydroxide 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel Hastelloy B
Soups 1K 1K 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Starch Solutions 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Vinegar – Aqueous 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel Carpenter 20 Water – Carbonated 3K 330 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Water – Condensate 18K 50 Brass 316 Stainless Steel
Water – Chlorinated 5K 200 316 Stainless Steel Monel
Water – Distilled 450K 2 Brass 316 Stainless Steel
Water – Deionized 2.0M 0.5 Brass 316 Stainless Steel
Water – Hard/Natural 5K 200 Brass 316 Stainless Steel
Water – Salt 2.2K 450 Monel N.A.

Water – R.O. 18M 0.056 N.A. N.A.

Wine 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Zinc Chloride 1K 1K Carpenter 20 Titanium
Zinc Sulfate 2.2K 450 316 Stainless Steel Titanium

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick Intro / p3of3 / 3-APR-14
Sensitivity & Material Selection
Notes:

1. Less than .020˝ erosion per
year.

2. Less than .002˝ erosion per
year.

3. Liquid concentration and
temperature will affect
conductivity and material
erosion rate. Contact factory
for detailed information.

N.A. – No material available with
this erosion rate.
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
I
E-4
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

2.375˝ (60.3)
8 PIN OCTAL SOCKET

2.31˝ (58.7)

0.17˝
(4.4)

1.15˝ (39.7)

3.5˝ (88.9)
2˝ (50.8)

1.69˝ (42.9) 0.15˝ (4)

2.75˝ (69.9)

0.63˝ (15.9)

2.375˝ (60.3) 11 PIN OCTAL SOCKET

2.63˝ (66.7)

0.17˝
(4.4)

1.31˝ (33.3)

3.5˝ (88.9)

2.5˝ (63.5)

2.19˝ (55.5) 0.15˝ (4)

2.75˝ (69.9)

0.63˝ (15.9)

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 16 Module / p1of2 / 3-APR-14
Series 16 Modules
Controls – Solid State Plug-In Modules
 Compact Size  Solid State Reliability
 Modular Plug-in Design  LED Monitoring
 Various Time Delays  U.L. “Motor Control”
 Low Voltage Sensor
Series 16M – General Purpose Control
• New Microprocessor Design
Designed for either differential or single-level service. U.L. “Motor Controller” listing, 8 pin socket with screw-type connections make the unit easy to install and service.

Sensitivity of up to 1 million ohm/cm.

Series 16HM – High Sensitivity Control
Series 16HM is similar to Series 16M but provides higher sensitivity up to 5.5 million ohm/cm. Probe voltage is 12 VDC for applications with low conductive media.

Series 16DM – DPDT Load Contact
Similar to Series 16M but with DPDT load contacts. Eliminates the need for slave relays. 11 pin octal plugs. Requires little panel space. General purpose single-level or differential applications. U.L. listed.

Series 16VM – Field Selectable Sensitivity
Similar to Series 16M but with the added flexibility of field adjustable sensitivity, made possible through external setpoint resistors. Uses 11pin octal socket. U.L. listed.

Specifications
Contact Design
Series 16M & 16HM 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C)
Series 16DM 2 N.O. & 2 N.C. (2 form C)
Series 16VM 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C)
Contact Rating (120. 240 VAC)
Series 16M & 16HM 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp
Series 16DM 5 amp Resistive 1/10 hp
Series 16VM 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp
Mode of Operation Direct/Inverse, factory set
Sensitivity
Series 16M 0-1M ohm, factory set
Series 16HM 0-5.5M ohm, factory set
Series 16DM 0-1M ohm, factory set
Series 16VM 0-1M ohm, field adjustable
Primary Voltage 24 VAC, 120 VAC, 240 VAC (+10%/-15%)
208/240: 187 V min. to 255 V max. VAC 50/60 Hz
Secondary Voltage
Series 16M 12 VAC, 1.5 mA
Series 16HM 12 VDC
Series 16DM & 16VM 12 VAC, 1.5 mA
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 508 File #E44426
Terminal Style Screw connector
Options Time Delays
Series 16M/16HM
Series 16DM/16VM
Applications
• Single-Level Service • Differential Service
• Point Level • Alarms
• Valve Control • Pump Control
Dimensions
Series 16M & 16HM
Series 16DM & 16VM
Note: Controls also available with DIN mount socket.

GENERAL PURPOSE PLUG-IN MODULES
E-5
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

L1 C
NC
NO
L2
H
G
L
RH
RL
111
2 3
4 5 6 7 8
9 10

REFERENCE PROBE

LOW PROBE

HIGH PROBE

SENSITIVITY

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 16 Module / p2of2 / 3-APR-14
Wiring
Series 16M & 16HM
Series 16DM
Note: For single level service, use “H” and “G” connections. 16HM X X X X XX XX

1. Series
16HM High Sensitivity;
16DM DPDT Load Contact;
16VM Field Selectable Sensitivity1

2. Mode of Operation2
Direct Inverse
A – 4.7K4 F – 470K4 K – 4.7K4 R – 470K4
B – 10K4 G – 1M4 L – 10K4 S – 1M4
C – 26K4 H – 3M3 M – 26K4 T – 3M3
D – 50K4 J – 5.5M3 N – 50K4 W – 5.5M3
E – 100K4 Y – 0-700K5, 7 P – 100K4 Z – 0-700K5, 7

3. Supply Voltage
1 120 VAC; 2 240 VAC; 3 24 VAC; 8 208/240 VAC

4. Socket Style
A 8 Pin Octal (16M & 16HM), 11 Pin Octal (16DM & 16VM); B DIN Mount; M None, Module Only
6 5. Enclosure
0 None; 1 NEMA 1; 4 NEMA 4

6. Time Delay (increasing level) Option
01-20 seconds; 0V variable (16VM only)

7. Time Delay (decreasing level) Option
01-20 seconds; 0V variable (16VM only)
Notes:

1. 16VM select modes A, K, Y or Z only.

2. 16HM & 16DM only. Series 16VM includes full set of the resistors listed above.

Specify a sensitivity to determine mode of operation.

3. 16VM only.

4. All Series except 16HM.

5. 16VM only.

6. Socket style M requires enclosure 0 – None.

7. Mounting style A (11 pin octal only)
Series 16VM
Variable Sensitivity Option
Part number 16Z1VG Potentiometer Board available for 16VM only.

Consult factory.

Socket Details and Option Availability
are located on web site.

How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code. 16M X X X X X XX XX

1. Series
16M General Purpose;

2. Mode of Operation
Direct Inverse
A – 4.7K E – 100K K – 4.7K P – 100K
B – 10K F – 470K L – 10K R – 470K
C – 26K G – 1M M – 26K S – 1M
D – 50K N – 50K

3. Supply Voltage
1 120 VAC; 2 240 VAC; 3 24 VAC; 8 208/240 VAC

4. Socket Style*
A 8 Pin Octal M Module Only
B 8 Pin DIN

5. Enclosure
0 None; 1 NEMA 1; 4 NEMA 4

6. Time Delay (increasing level) Option
00-90 seconds
Blank 0 seconds

7. Time Delay (decreasing level) Option
00-90 seconds
Blank 0 seconds

8. Time Out Option
See page E-11, Chart A
*See page E-11 for descriptions.
16M Series – Microprocessor Version
16 HM, 16DM or 16VM Series
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
A.G. SUPPLY
♦ ♦
_ LOW PROBE __ _
' ' ' ' ' ' I I - - - - - - - - - ~ t I
' ' ' I --- - ------------ I
-------- - -------------'
A.G. SUPPLY
• •
' ' I I
'v
---------,
I ._ _________ _
------------- I
I
-----1 I
I I
I I
I I
v:

I
I
I
:r
E-6

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

Series 16 Board / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
16 X X

1. Series
16 General Purpose;*
16D DPDT Load Contacts

2. Mode of Operation
Direct Inverse
A – 4.7K E – 100K K – 4.7K P – 100K
B – 10K F – 470K L – 10K R – 470K
C – 26K G – 1M M – 26K S – 1M
D – 50K N – 50K

3. Supply Voltage
1 120 VAC; 2 240 VAC; 3 24 VAC; 8 208/240 VAC

4. Standoff Style
A 1/16˝ Panel C Screw Mount
B 1/8˝ Panel D Retrofit

5. Enclosure
0 None; 1 NEMA 1; 4 NEMA 4

6. Retrofit Plate Option
R Yes; Blank No

7. Time Delay (increasing level) Option
01-20 seconds (Series 16D only)
00-90 seconds; Blank 0 seconds (Series 16 only)

8. Time Delay (decreasing level) Option
01-20 seconds (Series 16M only)
00-90 seconds; Blank 0 seconds (Series 16 only)

9. Time Out Option*
See page E-11, Chart A

* New Series 16 Microprocessor Design only.

Series 16 – Open Circuit Board Controls
 Solid State Reliability  Compact Size
 Spade Terminals  Low-Voltage Sensor
 Time Delays Available  LED Monitoring
 U.L. “Motor Control”
 Optional Dirty Electrode Detection*
 AC Current Minimizes Electrolysis
Series 16 – General Purpose Control
• New Microprocessor Design
Engineered for general purpose single-level or differential applications, these economy priced controls have spade terminals for easy wiring and provide sensitivities up to 1 million ohm/cm.

Series 16D – DPDT Load Contacts
Same features and specifications as Series 16, but these controls also have DPDT load contacts to eliminate the need for slave relays.

Specifications
Contact Design
Series 16 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C)*
Series 16D 2 N.O. & 2 N.C. (2 form C)
Contact Rating (120, 240 VAC)
Series 16 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp*
Series 16D 5 amp Resistive 1/10 hp
Mode of Operation Direct/Inverse, factory set
Sensitivity 0-1M ohm, factory set
Primary Voltage 120 VAC, 240 VAC, 24 VAC, 208 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz 208/240: 187 V min. to 255 V max. VAC 50/60 Hz
Secondary Voltage 12 VAC, 1.5 mA
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 508 File # E44426
Terminal Style Spade connection
Options Time Delays, Retrofit Plate, Time Out.

See page E-11 for descriptions.

Series 16
Applications
• Single-Level Service • Differential Service
• Point Level • Alarms
• Valve Control • Pump Control
• Low-Water Cutoff
Dimensions
Wiring
Note: Series 16D similar to Series 16, but with DPDT load contacts.

GENERAL PURPOSE OPEN BOARD CONTROLS
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

X X X XX XX X
T
I
c@us

BACKPLATE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS
1 2-3116- (5.SScm) ~ ...._
1·3W (4.45 cm)----t
3/16-(.48 cm) REF-J
r .~ I TRANSFORMER I ~ i
ET-+ . ..1.ci
~- I "lE <Du
ll--~-1---1 ----1
(2.54cm)
A.C. SUPPLY
Ou TRANSFORMER L2Q

FOR SINGLE LEVEL SERVICE,
USE "H" AND "G"
CONNECTIONS.

HIGH PROBE

LOW PROBE
....... ,
[UJ
'. _____ . .. _R~~E_R~~~E_P_R~~~ ...... , TANK, IF METALLIC, MAY

BE USED IN PLACE OF
THE REFERENCE PROBE.

E-7
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

X X X X X 26MXX XX

1. Series
26M

2. Sensitivity
A – 4.7K
B – 10K
C – 26K

3. Supply Voltage
1 – 120 VAC
3 – 24 VAC 8 – 208/240 VAC

4. Socket Style
A – 11 Pin Octal

5. Enclosure
0 – None

6. Option Package
See page E-11, Chart B for code letter.

7. Time Delay (decreasing level) Option
03-90 seconds
Blank 3 seconds

8. Time Delay (increasing level) Option
00-90 seconds
Blank 0 seconds
D – 50K
E – 100K
2 – 240 VAC
1 – NEMA 1 4 – NEMA 4
B – DIN Mount M – None, Module Only

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 26 Module / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 26 Modules
Low-Water Cutoff – Plug-In Modules
 Powered Contacts  Solid State Reliability
 Modular Plug-In Design  LED Monitoring
 Low Voltage Sensor  Time Delays Available
 11-Pin Socket  Meets CSD1 Requirements
 U.L. “Limit Control”  Optional Test Feature
 Optional Dirty Electrode Detection
 Optional Manual Reset Button Feature.

If Level Drops, Control is Deactivated Until Liquid Level Returns to Normal and Pushbutton is Depressed
 Optional Power Outage Feature Ignores Nuisance Outages and Resets When Power is Restored
Series 26M – General Purpose Control
Series 26M is designed for low-water cutoff protection. This control meets CSD1 requirements for boiler low water cutoff. Series 26M features powered contacts.

If non-powered contacts are required, request information on Series 26NM.

Specifications
Contact Design 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (powered)
Contact Rating (24/120/240VAC) 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp
Mode of Operation Direct
Sensitivity 0 - 26K ohm, factory set
Primary Voltage 24 VAC, 120 VAC, 240 VAC1
Secondary Voltage 12 VAC
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals1 U.L. 353 File # MP1430
Terminal Style Screw connector
Options Time Delays, Power Outage, Manual Reset, Test Feature, Dirty electrode detection; See page E-11 for descriptions Notes:

1. 240 VAC and 208/240 VAC units do not carry U.L. Limit Control recognition.

Series 26M
Applications
• Low-Water Cutoff
• Point Level
• Alarms
Dimensions
Note: Controls also available with DIN mount socket.

Wiring
Caution: Contacts are powered. If non-powered contacts are required, request information on Series 26NM.

Socket Details and Option Availability
are located on web site.

How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code. ~ ms·-_ ___________________ _
Sensors & Controls
11 PIN OCTAL SOCKET
T
J
E-8

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

A.C. SUPPLY

TRANSFORMER

REFERENCE PROBE

TANK, IF METALLIC,

MAY BE USED

IN PLACE OF
REFERENCE PROBE.

L1 L2
G
NC
C
NO
LLCO
RESET

RESET BUTTON

OPTIONAL

LOW LEVEL CUTOFF PROBE
Series 26 Board / p1of1 / 3-APR-14

LOW-WATER CUTOFF
Series 26
Low Water Cutoff – Standoff Mount
 Meets CSD1 Requirements  Snap-Thru Standoff Mounting  Non Powered Contacts  Compact Size
 Time Delays Available  Power Outage Feature
 LED Monitoring  U.L. “Limit Control”
 Test Feature
 AC Current Minimizes Electrolysis

Series 26 – General Purpose Control
Designed for boiler low-water cutoff protection. A snap-through standoff mounting device is available for Series 26 units. Optional Power Outage feature resets after nuisance outages. Optional reset button is used when device has been deactivated because of low water condition. Reset is functional only if water has returned to normal level. Optional Test Feature available allows LLCO circuit to be tested without draining the water level in the boiler. Built-in 3 second time delay is standard. Up to 90 seconds available for increasing and decreasing levels.

Specifications
Contact Design 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C)
Contact Rating 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp at 120, 240 VAC
Mode of Operation Direct
Sensitivity 0-100K ohm, factory set
Primary Voltage 120 VAC, 240 VAC1, 24 VAC, 208/240 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz Secondary Voltage 12 VAC, 1.5 mA
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals1 U.L. 353, U.L. 508 File # MP1430
Terminal Style Spade connection
Options Time Delays, Power Outage, Retrofit Plate, Test Feature, See page E-11 for descriptions
Notes:

1. 240 VAC and 208/240 VAC are not U.L. recognized
Applications
• Low-Water Cutoff • Single-Level Service
• Point Level • Alarms
• Valve Control • Pump Control
Dimensions
Wiring
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code. 26 X X X X X XX XX

1. Series
26 General Purpose;

2. Sensitivity
A 4.7K; B 10K; C 26K; D 50K; E 100K

3. Supply Voltage
1 120 VAC; 2 240 VAC; 3 24 VAC; 8 208/240 VAC

4. Standoff Style
1 A 1/16˝ Panel; B 1/8˝ Panel; C Screw mount; D Retrofit

5. Enclosure
0 None; 1 NEMA 1 1; 4 NEMA 41

6. Option Package
See page E-11, Chart B for code letter

7. Time Delay (decreasing level) Option
03-90 seconds; Blank 3 seconds

8. Time Delay (increasing level) Option
00-90 seconds; Blank 0 seconds
Notes:

1. Standoff Style D only.

Socket Details and Option Availability
are located on web site.

I
4)-,
E-9

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

RELAY OUTPUT
Series DF / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series DF
Dual Function Controls
 Solid State Reliability  Spade Terminals for Easy Wiring  Compact Size  Manual Reset (optional)
 Meets CSD1 Requirements  Power Outage Feature (optional)  U.L. “Motor Control”  U.L. “Limit Control”
 AC Current Minimizes Electrolysis
 Optional Test Feature  Time Out Option
 Optional Dirty Electrode Detection
Dual function Series DF models are designed to control two independent level functions, one single-level control operation and one differential-level operation.

Optional Power Outage feature resets after nuisance outages. Optional Reset Button is used when device has been deactivated due to low water condition. Reset is activated only after water has returned to normal level. This control is ideal in applications on boilers, food service equipment, and chemical delivery systems.

Specifications
Contact Design 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C) extra function Contact Rating (120, 240 VAC) 10 amp Resistive 1/3 hp
Mode of Operation H/L Direct/Inverse, LLCO – factory set Sensitivity 0-26K ohm, factory set
Primary Voltage 120 VAC, 240 VAC1, 24 VAC (+10%/-15%)
208/240: 187 V min. to 255 V max. VAC 50/60 Hz
Secondary Voltage 12 VAC
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 508 File # E44426, U.L. 353 File # MP1430 Terminal Style Spade connection
Options Time Delays, Manual Reset, Power Outage, Retrofit Plate, Test Feature, Dirty Electrode Detection;
See page E-11 for descriptions
Notes:

1. 240 VAC and 208/240 VAC units do not carry U.L. Limit Control recognition.

How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

Series DF
Applications
• Dual Function
• Single-Level Service
• Differential Service
• Feedwater Control / Low-Water Cutoff
• High Level / Low Level
• Pump Down / High Level
Dimensions
Wiring
Note: For single level service, use “H” and “G” connections.

Socket Details and Option Availability
are located on web site.

DF X X X X X XX XX XX

1. Series
DF

2. Mode of Operation
Direct Inverse
A – 4.7K K – 4.7K
B – 10K L – 10K
C – 26K M – 26K
D – 50K N – 50K
E – 100K P – 100K

3. Supply Voltage
1 – 120 VAC; 2 – 240 VAC;
3 – 24 VAC; 8 – 208/240 VAC

4. Standoff Style*
A – 1/16˝ Panel C – Screw Mount
B – 1/8˝ Panel D – Retrofit

5. Enclosure
0 – None; 1 – NEMA 1; 4 – NEMA 4

6. Option Package
See page E-11, Chart B for code letter.

7. Time Delay (increasing level) H/L function
00-90 seconds; Blank 0 seconds

8. Time Delay (decreasing level) H/L function
00-90 seconds; Blank 0 seconds

9.Time Delay (decreasing level) LLCO function only
03-90 seconds; Blank 3 seconds
~ ms· ______ _
Sensors & Controls
T
I
c@us
rr
4-3/8"(10.96 cm)----_- _- _- _-_-_ -_-_-_-_-_-_-_:;-J
4"(10cm) I
i---- 1-3/4" (4.44 cm) --J
~ I I
• tl'
TRANSFORMER I ~ '[
r ~ ----~ls - - - U:f;-_J_~
_u
b~
"' " "'-
() ~· ·~poRT STANDOFF
1 ~ LOCATIONI---_J J
ffi---- - EB-
, I
I 1--1" (2.54 cm)
f--------3-1 14" (8.64 cm)------..i
3/16" (0.48 cm) REF
~ NORMALLY CLOSED

RESET PUSHBUTTON

OPTIONAL

REFERENCE PROBE

RESET BUTTON

OPTIONAL
······-··· ·····----
E-10
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information. 8-PIN OCTAL SOCKET

1.14˝ (28.96 mm)

0.625˝
(15.9 mm)
2˝
(50.8 mm)

2.31˝ (58.7 mm)

1.66˝
(42.16 mm)
.980˝
(24.89 mm)

2.04˝
(51.82 mm)

1.01˝
(25.65 mm)

1.30˝
(33.02 mm)

1.60˝
(40.64 mm)
8-PIN DIN SOCKET
11-PIN OCTAL SOCKET

1.3˝ (33.02 mm)

0.625˝
(15.88 mm)

2.60˝ (66.04 mm)

2.21˝
(56.13 mm)

2.53˝
(64.26 mm)
11-PIN DIN SOCKET

2.04˝ (51.82 mm)

1.02˝
(25.91 mm)

2.33˝ (59.18 mm)

1.0˝
(2.54 mm)

2.04˝ (51.82 mm)
Sockets
Warrick provides four different types of sockets for use with plug-in control modules.
1/16˝

STANDOFF
TOP
VIEW
SIDE
VIEW
1/16˝ 1/8˝
BOTTOM
VIEW
1/8˝

STANDOFF

RETROFIT

STANDOFF

CIRCUIT
BOARD

STANDOFF
SCREW
MOUNT

STANDOFF
Sockets and Standoffs – 16, 26 and DF Series Only
Standoffs
Warrick provides four different types of standoffs
designed to connect circuit boards to panels.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Sockets & Standoffs / p1of1 / 3-APR-14

STANDOFFS, SOCKETS AND OPTIONS
[Jg] [Jg] ©) 0 @
-r ~
-t
l===-! r -I
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
_) I I l
0 0000
~-----' j l 0 0 0
- -
E-11
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS 16, 26, DF Reference / p1of1/ 3-APR-14 Optional Character Reference – 16, 26 and DF Series Only Chart B – Optional Character Information
Optional
Character
Time Out (in seconds)
30 60 90 120 150 180
K •
L •
M •
N •
P •
Q •
Chart A – Time Out OptionManual Reset
Available on Series 26, 26M and DF controls
(Normally closed pushbutton across reset terminals. Pushbutton ordered separately):

Manual reset only applies to the function associated with terminal LLCO. When the liquid rises to the electrode on terminal LLCO, the control will remain de-energized (load contacts in original state) until the pushbutton is depressed. The control will then energize, (LED will be lit) changing the state of the contacts. The control remains energized until the liquid level recedes below electrode on terminal LLCO.

The control then de-energizes, (LED will go off) returning load contacts to their original state. Unless otherwise specified, there is a three second time delay on decreasing level. Liquid must be below probe on terminal LLCO for full three seconds before control de-energizes.

Manual Reset with Power Outage Feature
Available on Series 26, 26M, and DF controls
Reset (Normally closed pushbutton across reset terminals. Pushbutton ordered separately) Control will ignore power loss to control. With liquid in contact with electrode on terminal LLCO, a power outage will cause the control to de-energize, but will automatically energize upon return of power. However, loss of liquid will cause control to de-energize and remain so until liquid again rises to electrode and pushbutton is depressed.

Time Delays Associated with Terminals H and L
Available on Series 16, 16M, and DF controls
With time delay on increasing level, the liquid must be in contact with the high electrode for the full duration of the time delay before control will operate. With delay on decreasing level, the liquid must be below the low electrode for the full duration of the time delay before control will operate. In single level service, terminals 3 and 4 must be jumpered together to achieve time delays on both increasing and decreasing levels or just decreasing level.

Time Delays Associated with Terminal LLCO
Available on Series 26, 26M, and DF controls
3 Second time delay on decreasing level is standard. Delay up to 90 seconds, can be specified and would act in the same manner as listed above.

Time Out Option
Available on Series 16, 16M, and DF controls
The latching circuit for the high and low electrode has an optional timer. In some applications the High or Low electrode may become short circuited or disconnected. Such an occurrence may potentially over fill in fill applications, or cause the pump to run dry in pump down applications.

The time option is custom programmed up to 3 minutes.

When a fault condition occurs, the FILL LED will have a blink sequence of .5 seconds on 2 seconds off. See Chart A for time delay options.

Test Feature
Available on Series 26, 26M, and DF controls
Allows LLCO circuit to be tested. Holding down the reset button for 3 seconds will allow the LLCO circuit to trip which simulates the loss of water, without the need of draining the water level in the boiler. The control will return to normal operation once the reset button is pressed a second
time. (Test feature option only available with the manual reset function.)
* N.C. pushbutton when purchased in conjunction with open control must be remotely mounted by customer
Option Components
Control Series Optional
CharacterReset
Function
Normally
Closed
Pushbutton*
Power
Outage
Retrofit
Plate
Test
Feature
• DF "LLCO" D
• • 26, 26M, 26NM C
• • 26, 26M, 26NM E
• • 16, 16D, 26, DF R
• • DF "LLCO" S
• • DF "LLCO" K
• • DF W
• • 26, 26M, 26NM,
DF"LLCO" B
• • • 26, 26M, 26NM F
• • • 26 N
• • • DF "LLCO" G
• • • DF T
• • • 26, 26M, 26NM,
DF"LLCO" Y
• • • DF L
• • • 26, 26M, 26NM,
DF"LLCO" Z
• • • • 26 P
• • • • DF J
• • • • 26, 26M, 26NM,
DF"LLCO" A
No options X
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
I
I
E-12
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

KEYHOLE & SLOT FOR TWO
SIZE 6 MOUNTING SCREWS
G
H
L
COM/L2
1-7/16˝
(3.7 cm)
1-7/16˝
(3.7 cm)
1-1/2˝
(3.8 cm)2-7/8˝ (7.3 cm)
120V 240V
LOAD
3-1/2˝ (8.9 cm)
4˝ (10.16 cm)
120V 240V COM/L2
X X 19MR
Series
19MR
Mode of Operation
Direct
A – 11K
B – 19K
Enclosure
0 – None
Inverse
C – 11K
D – 19K
1 – NEMA 1 4 – NEMA 4

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 19MR / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 19MR
Direct Motor Load of 30 Amps @ 240 V AC
Series 19MR
Series 19MR controls are the ideal choice where pump up or pump down service is necessary. This control eliminates the need for contactors because it can directly handle motors up to 1 HP at 120 VAC, or motors up to 2 HP at 240 VAC.

Enclosures Optional
Output Contact Rating 30 amp @ 240 VAC
Powered Output Contact SPST 30 A at supply voltage (120 or 240 VAC) Horsepower Range 1 hp for 120 VAC; 2 hp for 240 VAC
Terminals 3/16˝ spade lug on probe connections
1/4˝ spade lug on power connections
Primary Voltage 120 VAC or 240 VAC (+10%/-15%), 50/60 Hz Secondary Voltage 11.0 VAC, 1.5 mA
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 508 File # E44426, Vol. 1 Sec. 6
Dimensions
Wiring
Caution: 19MR contacts are powered contacts. When power is applied to the 19MR controller, power may be present on relay output connections. Output voltage will be same as input voltage.

Applications
• Carbonators • Low-Water Cutoff
• Appliances • Direct Motor Load
• Sumps
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

RELAY OUTPUT
:r
I ~
D
D
D
§1
~ □
7----
□ TT
( =
=
u
l.. =
□ □ ~
_J-
LOAD
COM/L2 120V
120 VAC OR 240 VAC
J
E-13

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

REFERENCE PROBE
H
L
C
5 6
7 8
4 3
2 1
NO
NC
+– □

XX X X X X DCXX
Series
DC
Supply Voltage
1 – 12 VDC
Sensitivity
B – 22K
C – 100K
Mode of Operation
D – Direct
Enclosure
0 – None
Time Delay (increasing level) 01-30 sec.

Time Delay (decreasing level) 01-30 sec.
2 – 24 VDC
D – 470K
E – 1M
1 – NEMA 1 4 – NEMA 4
I – Inverse
Series DC / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series DC
For Remote Applications
Series DC
Series DC controls are designed for applications where only direct current power is available. DC units can be used as differential level controls or single point alarm contactors. Because of solid state reliability, plug-in convenience, and choice of 12 or 24 VDC supply voltage, Warrick DC controls can be used with confidence in many applications.

Contact Design SPDT 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C), non-powered contacts Contact Rating 5 amp @ 30 VDC or 120 VAC Resistive 1/8 hp Mode of Operation Direct/Inverse, factory set
Sensitivity 0 - 1M ohm maximum, factory set
Primary Voltage 12 VDC, 24 VDC, negative ground (±20%)
Supply Current 40 mA when relay energized, 10 mA w/relay de-energized Secondary Voltage 12 VDC
Terminal Style Screw connector
Temperature -50°F to +150°F (-46°C to +65°C)
Options Time Delay
Dimensions
Wiring
Tank, if metallic, may be used in
place of the Reference Probe.

Applications
• Single and
Differential Service
• Solar and Wind
Powered Pumps
• Portable Cleaning
Equipment
• Battery-Powered
Level Control
• Well Pumps
• Remote Reservoirs
• Remote Irrigation
• Onboard Ship
Level Control
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

RELAY OUTPUT~ ms· ______ _
Sensors & Controls
_____ JJ
1-1/16-(4.29cm)
~{ 1--2-5 /16"(5.88 cm)_]
~ {2.94cm)-1
1 i_::i-1717--1-- E Eu uo,
CO N
~~ ,,,_
:---h, 11164-
1 F ~~4cm)
✓----------
--1----<~- I
- - - - I I
I I
I I I
I "y I
I
"v
E-14
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

X X X X 17
Series
17– FM Approved
Mode of Operation
A – Direct
Supply Voltage
1 – 120 VAC
Sensitivity (ohms)3
D – 3K
Enclosure
0 – None
B – Inverse
E – 10K G – 100K X – (17 only) 3
27– UL/CSA Approved
2 – 240 VAC 1 3 – 24 VAC 2
1 – NEMA 1 4 – NEMA 4

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 17/27 / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 17 and 27
Intrinsically Safe Controls
 Cannot Ignite Flammable Materials
 Solid State Reliability
 Up to 470K Ohm/cm Sensitivity (Series 17)
 Internal Surge Suppression
 SPST Contacts (Series 17)
 SPDT Contacts (Series 27)
 Can Be Used for Single Level or Differential Service
Series 17 – FM Approved
Series 17 is FM Approved for use in Class I or II, Division 1, Groups A-G hazardous atmospheres. SPST isolated contacts. Field adjustable sensitivity by use of external resistors.

Series 27 – UL-CSA Approved
Series 27 is UL approved for use in Class I, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G; and Class III hazardous locations. SPDT output contacts. UL Pilot Duty rated.

CSA Certified for Class 1, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III Specifications
Contact Design
Series 17 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
Series 27 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. (1 form C)
Contact Rating (24/120/240VAC) 8 amp Resistive
Mode of Operation Direct/Inverse, factory set
Sensitivity
Series 17 0-470K ohm, field adjustable
Series 27 0-100K ohm, factory set
Primary Voltage
Series 17 24 VAC, 120 VAC, 240 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz Series 27 120 VAC, 240 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60Hz
Secondary Voltage
Series 17 13 VAC, 4 mA
Series 27 11 VAC, 2.3 mA
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals
Series 17 FM File # 1G9A1.AX
Series 27 U.L. 913 File # E44570; CSA #2174246
Connections All screw type connections
Series 17
Applications
• Hazardous Atmospheres • Alarms
• Pumps • Sewage
• Waste Treatment • CP Industry
Dimensions
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

Notes:

1. 240V standard in Series 17. Non-
standard, but available in
Series 27.

2. 24V available only in Series 17.

3. Series 27 only. Series 17 includes a
full set of resistors
(3.3K, 4.7K, 10K, 47K, 100K, 220K,
470K ohms) to allow modification
of sensitivity in the field. Product
code symbol in this position for
Series 17 is “X.”
Series 27

INTRINSICALLY SAFE CONTROLS
3"
-U62c~
- 3-3/8" -
(8.57 cm)
r
2-,18·- I
47°s.40 c~

E-15

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

4.62˝ (11.73cm)

3.00˝ (7.62cm)

6.75˝ (17.15cm)

7.37˝ (18.72cm)

3.00˝ (7.62cm)

1.76˝
(4.47cm)
XXX X X X 47
Series
47 Sensitivity (ohms)
C – 26K
Supply Voltage
1 – 120 VAC
Auxiliary Contacts
A – Auxiliary Contacts
Number of Probe Channels
3A1 – One
B – No Auxiliary Contacts
D – 50K E – 100K
2A2 – Two 1A3 – Three 0A4 – Four
Series 47 / p1of1 / 3-APR-14

INTRINSICALLY SAFE CONTROLS
Series 47
4-Channel Relay, Alarm Panel Control
 Solid State Reliability
 0-50K Ohm/cm Sensitivity
 Alarm Contacts for Audible and Visual Alarms
 4 Channel Relay
 Removable Terminal Strips
 Inverse or Direct Acting Field Selectable
 U.L. Listed
Series 47 controls offer complete alarm panel control in a single package. Powered output contacts allow quick connection of lights and audible alarms. Test and silence functions are built in. Unit also carries one SPDT master alarm contact for remote alarm activation.

Approved for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, G hazardous atmospheres, Series 47 controls supply four channels which can be used with conductivity liquid level sensors or dry contact sensors.

This device functions as an alarm or single point control. Field adjustable for direct or inverse operation, it can operate separate visual alarms with a common audible alarm channel. Silence and test terminals are standard. For additional lights, alarms or outputs, auxiliary contacts must be ordered.

Alarm Specifications
Contact Design SPDT 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

Master Alarm Contact Rating
(30VDC, 120/240VAC) 5 amp Resistive, 1/10 hp
Indicator Contacts Powered 120 VAC 25mA
Indicator Contacts for
Audible Alarm Powered 120 VAC 5A
Auxiliary Contacts (optional) SPDT 120 VAC 10A (not powered) Sensitivity 0-50K ohm maximum specific resistance
Primary Voltage 120 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz
Secondary Voltage 12 VAC @ 6mA RMS
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 913 File # E44570
Wiring
Notes:

1. Terminals 7, 8 & 9 are single-pole double-throw dry contacts designed for remote alarms.

2. Terminals 8 & 9 close on fault.

3. Terminals 7 & 8 open on fault.

4. Contacts clear when the silence pushbutton is depressed or when the fault condition is cleared.

Series 47
Applications
• Hazardous Atmospheres • Input for Computer
• Monitoring and Control • Input for Phone Dialer
• Storage Tank Alarm Panels
Dimensions
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

See Our Interstitial Tank Monitoring Products
on page A-22.
~ ms· ______ _
Sensors & Controls
I
1 1

SILENCE
...L
II
11 11
11 11
11 11
11 11
11 11
1 1 I I 11 11
1 1 11 11 11

I SEAL OFF FITTING I

LJLJLJLJ
SEi'.ISOR ::t:NSOII.S[1130f\ SENSOR
1 2 3 4

HAZARDOUS AREA
~ 1-
l
+ +
I 11 I
□□□□□□
(J) (J)
DODD
(J)= □□□□(J)
CJI I + + di
0 §
E-16

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information. *Eliminates short cycles
X X X X X 67
Series
67 Sensitivity
A – 4.7K
B – 10K
C – 26K
Supply Voltage
1 – 120 VAC
Contact Design
A – 1 Form A & B
(N.O. & N.C. isolated)
for each channel
Enclosure
0 – None
D.C. Probe Circuit Option
A – No option
C – 1 Form C
(N.O., N.C., Common)
for each channel
1 – NEMA 1
D – D.C. Probe Circuit*
4 – NEMA 4
D – 50K
E – 100K
Series 67 / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 67
Multi-Function Control
Duplex Pump System Control
 Inverse or Direct Acting, Field Selectable
 Solid State Reliability
 Compact Size
 Four Independent Channels – 2 Single, 2 Differential
 Field Adjustable, Sensitivity and Mode Selection
 LED Channel Indicators
 Built-in Silence/Acknowledge Circuit
 U.L. “Intrinsically Safe”
Warrick’s Series 67 four channel level control is an ideal solution to liquid level problems in hazardous applications for the sewage, waste water, chemical and groundwater remediation industries.

Connected to floats or conductance probes this versatile control provides simplex or duplex pump/solenoid valve control; automatic or manual alternation; high and/or low level alarms with silence/acknowledge capabilities.

The Series 67 can be used in hazardous applications as an intrinsically safe interface to non-powered contacts and sensors such as push button operators, limit, temperature, pressure and vacuum switches.

Designed for hazardous applications, its low cost, integrated features and compact size also make it ideal for non-hazardous applications.

Specifications
Contact Design Standard N.O., N.C. (form C); Optional N.O., N.C.

Contact Rating
(30VDC, 120/240VAC) 10 amp (style C); 5 amp (style A)
Primary Voltage 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Secondary Voltage 12 VAC @ 6mA RMS
Sensitivity 4.7K - 100K ohms maximum specific resistance, factory set Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C)
Approvals U.L. 913 File # E44570
Series 67
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

Applications
• Hazardous
Atmospheres
• Multiple Functions
• Simplex or Duplex
• High/Low Level
Alarms
• Auto or Manual
Alternation
• Pump/Solenoid Valves
• Sewage Lift Stations
• Wastewater Treatment
• Chemical Plants
• Groundwater
Remediation
Dimensions
Wiring
*Form A & B contacts
available
See Our Interstitial Tank Monitoring Products
on page A-22.

MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROLS
I
h=

4.62"(11.73 cm)~
f-- 3"(7.62cm)~ I
~ TI
DODD
0000 □ oo

HAZARDOUS I NON-HAZARDOUS

AREA AREA
~
:== ~ ~a ll] ~
u, -- SJ :;;0 § ~i
~ ,...__ s2 ° ,...
rn ~-::i:: G, ,... t"> o
~ -4---- lS2 @O ~ wl
(/) ===:;c Hll ao ~ ~
--- L S1 ~ Ni
r----- , -1 S!~ "'
I r--- 1•2 - O N~ -i
I I r G ;;( is
~-r- SIL No-r -
o~("" ~6~;=1 ~u"
? .,,a? zl - ~I
L-~4-J
o e
'[ §
<ON
- ...
~~ .,, ....
,-.. M
ID ,-..'.
, r i_!,;
1-~ §;
CJ')
C: ., "? ~ , .... , '<
1-wfi t-., '=? J
, .... ,
~Ni t-., "? -'o
, .... :t:
1- - §; ~ ., '=? )>
> :,:,
;;::

E-17
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

SERIES 3E 3N 3F 3G 3C 3K 3J 3L 3M 3MT 3S 3R 3T 3B 3H 3W 3Y Page Number E-20 E-20 E-19 E-19 E-23 E-23 E-18 E-18 E-25 E-25 E-24 E-21 E-21 E-20 E-18 E-22 E-22 Body Options
Flange • •
Pipe Thread • • •
Flat Mount • •
Side Chamber • •
Non-Contact Electrodes •
Food Grade Connection • •
Bracket Mount •
Fitting
Body Material
Options
Brass
• • • • •
PVC • • •
1018 Carbon Steel •
Stainless Steel • •
Forged Steel •
Nylon • •
Cast Iron • • • • •
Housing Material
Coated Aluminum • • • • • • •
Polycarbonate •
Number of Probes
1 to 3 • •
1 to 4 • • • •
1 to 7 • • • •
Electrodes Electrode Only • • • • • • •

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick Fittings/Probes / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Sensor Selection Chart
Warrick® Sensor Fittings and Probes
Warrick Liquid Level Sensors are available in single- and multi-probe models and with a variety of fittings. The versatility of the Warrick design makes these sensors ideal for a diverse range of applications.

Examples include:
• Food and Beverage • Pharmaceuticals
• Caustics and Acids • Boilers and Steam Generators
• Sumps • Ponds
• Reservoirs • Sewage and Wastewater
Probe Styles
• Metal Rods
• Wire Suspended
• Corrosion Resistant
• Sanitary
Fitting Styles
• 3/8˝ to 3˝ Threaded Mount
• Bracket Mount
• Flange Mount
• External Mount
• Sanitary Mount
• Condulet Mount
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
I I
I I
E-18
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

FM
X X 3JX X
Series
3J
Number of Probes
1 – One
Body Material1
B – Cast Iron
D – 316L SS
Housing
0 – None
Length of Probes2
A – All probes 10-1/4˝
C – For lengths less than 10-1/4˝ indicate length as
inches in decimal form
2 – Two
1 – Optional Housing
3 – Three
C – Red Brass
XX X 1 3L
Series
3L
Connection Size
1 – 1/8˝ NPT
Insulator Length
D – Teflon ® 1-1/4˝
Length in Inches1, 2
02 – Two
03 – Three
04 – Four
05 – Five
06 – Six
07 – Seven
08 – Eight
09 – Nine
10 – Ten
11 – Eleven
12 – Twelve
X X 3HX
Series
3H
Thread
1 – 3/8˝ - 18 NPT
2 – 5/8˝ - 18 UNF
3 – 5/8˝ - 24 UNEF
Sleeve
1 B – Teflon ® 3/4˝ Long
Length (Feet)2
1 – One 2 – Two 3 – Three

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick OEM Probes / p1of1 / 13-JUL-16
Designed for OEM
 Compact
 One-Piece Probe/Body Construction
 Quick Install & Connect
 Order Sized to Your Spec
These Warrick fitting are designed for OEM use. They are shipped ready for quick installation. Integrated probes eliminate pre-assembly tasks, and avoid potential vibration-induced loosening when installed with power tools. Choose from single- or multi-electrode probe series. Gems supplies these series with probes pre-cut to lengths you specify.

Series 3J 3H 3L
Probe Quantity 1, 2 or 3 1 1
Mounting Size 1" NPT 3/8" NPT or 5/8" NF/NFE 1/8" NPT
Materials
Body Case iron or red brass 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Terminal Housing Diecast aluminum, epoxy coated (optional) — — Probe 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Insulation Teflon® Teflon® Teflon®
Probe Diameter 3/16" 1/4" 3/16"
Pressure/Temperature 0 psig @ 500°F 250 psig @ 406°F 150 psig @ 365°F Approvals — U.L. File #MP2489, Vol. 1 Sec. 1; CSA; FM U.L. File #MP2489 Use the Bold characters
from the chart below
to construct a product
code.

Notes
Custom options available.

Consult factory.

1. Probes are stainless steel.

2. 10-1/4˝ maximum

1. Longer Teflon® sleeves are available.

Contact factory or your representative

2. Custom probe and insulation lengths are
available. Contact your representative.

1. 12˝ maximum

2. Indicate fractional inches in decimal form
(01.75 = 1-3/4˝)

FITTINGS AND PROBES
I
;:I~ Ji:

IT"
·'
IT
I
II
~ ~
@ <>
=--=-r I -- Trr ==1.
-
-
E-19
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS Warrick GP Fixtures / p1of2 / 10-JUL-14 Series 3F 3G
Mounting Connection Flange — 4.5" to 7.5" Dia. NPT, Flange, Bracket (Plate) Probe Quantity 1 thru 7 1 thru 7
Description Designed for general purpose service, Series 3F flanged, pressure-tight fittings can handle up to 7 probes. They mate with standard pipe flanges coupled to the top of the vessel.

Available in a variety of materials.

Series 3G fittings are designed for general purpose
use, and are made of PVC to withstand corrosive
conditions. The flanged assemblies are sized to
accommodate up to 7 probes and to mate with
standard flanges on the tops of vessels.

Materials
Terminal Housing Die-cast aluminum, epoxy coated Polycarbonate Body Forged steel, red brass, 316 S.S., 1018 C.S, PVC PVC Probe Insulation Teflon
® Teflon®
Pressure/Temperature 125 psig @ 323°F (cast iron)
225 psig @ 150°F (brass)
230 psig @ 100°F (316 S.S.)
275 psig @ 100°F (1018 C.S.)
PVC – not rated
0 psig @ 150°F (PVC)
Approvals CSA —
Dimensions No. of
Probes
Nominal
Pipe
Flange
Size
Diameter
of
Flange
Conduit
Boss
Thread
Size
Terminal
Housing Size
(W" x D" x H")
1 1 4-1/2" 1/2" NPT 2-1/4 x 2-1/4 x 2-1/4
2-3 2 6" 1/2" NPT 3-1/4 x 3-1/4 x 2-3/8
4 2-1/2 7" 1/2" NPT 3-1/4 x 3-1/4 x 2-3/8
5-7 3 7-1/2" 3/4" NPT 4 x 4 x 2-1/2
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart at
right to construct a product code.

Electrode Probes are ordered separately.

Compatible Electrode Probes
(order separately)
3R, 3W
1, 3Y2 3R, 3T, 3W1, 3Y2
3F X X
Series
3F
Number of Probes
1 thru 7
Body Material
A – Forged Steel (Raised Face)
B – Red Brass (Flat Face)
C – 316 S.S. (Raised Face)
D – 1018 C.S. (Raised Face)
E – PVC (Flat Face)
3G X X X
Series
3G
Number of Probes
1 thru 7
Base Size and Style
A – 2" Flange (6" O.D.)3 E – 2" NPT3
B – 3" Flange (7-1/2" O.D.) H – 3" NPT
C – 3-1/4" x 6" x 3/4" PVC Plate
Probe Type
1 – 316 S.S. Inserts for Use with 1/4" Rod Extensions4
2 – Tapered Probe Assembly5
3 – Wire-Suspended Probes6
Top Mounting Fixtures – General Purpose
Notes:

1. Requires 3Z1B Adapter and 3Z1A Wire.

2. Requires 3Z1B Adapter.

3. Maximum 4 probes.

Custom options available. Consult factory.

4. Order 3R rods separately. See page E-21.

5. Order 3T rods separately. See page E-21.

6. Order 3W/3Y probes separately.

See page E-22.
~ ms· ________________ _
Sensors & Controls
E-20
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORSWarrick GP Fixtures / p2of2 / 10-JUL-14 3E X X
Series
3E
Number of Probes
1 thru 7
Body Material
A – Cast Iron
B – Red Brass
C – 316 Stainless Steel
3N X X
Series
3N
Number of Probes
1 thru 3
Body Material
A – PVC
B – Red Brass
C – 316 Stainless Steel
3B X B
Series
3B
Thread
1 – 3/8" - 18 NPT
2 – 5/8" - 18 UNF
3 – 5/8" - 24 UNEF
Metal Parts
B – 316 Stainless Steel
Custom options available. Consult factory.

FITTINGS AND PROBES
3E 3N 3B
1" to 3" NPT #10 Machine Screws from Underside 3/8" - 18NPT, 5/8" - 18UNF, 5/8" - 24UNEF 1 thru 7 1 thru 3 1
Series 3E fittings are cast metal, pressure-tight
assemblies capable of handling 1-7 probes.

Attachment to vessels is accomplished with external
pipe threading. 3E Fittings require the use of 3R
rigid or 3W wire suspended electrodes.

Series 3N fittings accommodate 1-3 probes
operating at atmospheric pressure. The assembly
mounts on a flat surface atop open tanks or closed
vessels. 3N Fittings require the use of 3R rigid or
3W wire suspended electrodes.

Series 3B fittings are compact pressure tight
assemblies that hold a single electrode probe
for use in water and chemicals. These fittings
incorporate a 1/4-20 female thread that must be
combined with a Series 3R (rigid rod electrode) or
Series 3W/3Y (wire suspended electrode) to make a
complete assembly.

Die-cast aluminum, epoxy coated Die-cast aluminum, epoxy coated — Cast iron, red brass, 316 stainless steel PVC, red brass, 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Teflon
® Teflon® Teflon®
125 psig @ 353°F (cast iron)
250 psig @ 406°F (brass, 316 S.S.)
0 psig @ 150°F (PVC)
0 psig @ 500°F (brass, 316 S.S.)
250 psig @ 406°F
500 psig @ 75°F
U.L. File #MP2489, Vol. 1 Sec. 1; CSA CSA File #LR11644 U.L. File #MP2489, Vol. 1 Sec. 1; CSA No. of Probes Attachment to Vessel Conduit Boss
Thread Size
Terminal Housing Size
(W" x D" x H")
3E
1 1" NPT 1/2" NPT 2-1/4 x 2-1/4 x 2-1/4
2-3 2" NPT 1/2" NPT 3-1/4 x 3-1/4 x 2-3/8
4 2-1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 3-1/4 x 3-1/4 x 2-3/8
5-7 3" NPT 3/4" NPT 4 x 4 x 2-1/2
3N 1-3
2-1/4" square flat pad, 1-1/2" dia. hole in
top of vessel secured with #10 machine
screws at the corners of a 1-1/2" square
1/2" NPT 2-1/4 x 2-1/4 x 2-1/4
3R, 3W1 3R, 3W1 3R solid rod (up to 4')
3W1 or 3Y2 (greater than 4')
E-21
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

X X 3RX
Series
3R
Length (Feet)
1 – One
2 – Two
3 – Three
4 – Four
Probe Material
A – Brass
C – 316 Stainless Steel
D – Carp. 20
E – Hastelloy B
Sheathing Heat Shrink
0 – None
4 – PVC
5 – Teflon
®
F – Hastelloy C
G – Monel
H – Titanium
5 – Five
6 – Six
7 – Seven
8 – Eight
3T
9 – Nine
10 – Ten
9/16˝ REF .
1/4˝ 1-11/16˝

LENGTHLENGTH

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 3R/3T / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 3R/3T
General Purpose Probes
 Metallic Rods
 Available in Many Materials for Various Requirements
 Adaptable for Various Fittings
For general purpose use, Series 3R probes are metallic rods with threaded ends that screw into a fitting that extends vertically down into the liquid. Available in a variety of materials for different applications. 3T tapered rods are also available.

Specifications
Style
Series 3R 1/4˝ (.64 cm) threaded rod
Series 3T 1/4˝ (.64 cm) tapered rod
Material Brass, Hastelloy C, Monel,
316 stainless steel, titanium, Carp. 20
Sheathing (optional) PVC heat shrink 200°F (93°C), Teflon ® heat shrink 350°F (177°C) How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

Contact your representative for custom lengths.

Note: Long lengths can be coupled to facilitate shipping and installation. Consult factory.

Series 3R Series 3T
Applications
3R: For use with Series 3E, 3F, 3G, 3B fittings
3T: For use with Series 3G
and other custom configurations
3R 3T
Dimensions
Sensors
_L_
,---- -+.
i
J
E-22
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

ADAPTER

TERMINAL SCREW

TERMINAL LUG

HEATSHRINK TUBING
3Z1A

SUSPENSION
WIRE

ELECTRODE
3W1 BRASS
3W2 303 SS
3Z1B (ADAPTER KIT):
3F FITTING
SHOWN

BUSHING

UPPER O-RING
SHIELD

TERMINAL LUG

TERMINAL SCREW

LOWER O-RING

ELECTRODE BAR

1. 3W Electrodes
Probe Material Part Number
Brass 3W1
316 Stainless Steel 3W2

2. 3Z1B Adaptor Kit
For use with 3E, 3F and 3N fittings.

Part Number: 3Z1B

3. 3Z1A Suspension Wire
Order in standard or custom length.

Length (Feet) Part Number
500 3Z1A-500
1000 3Z1A-1000
5000 3Z1A-5000
Custom 3Z1A-XX
Specify in one foot
increments up to 5000 ft.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 3W/3Y/ p1of3 / 3-APR-14
Series 3W – Wire Suspended Probes
 Metallic Bars
 Plastic Shield Protected
 Adaptable to Many Fittings
 Field Assembled
Series 3W probes, consisting of metallic bars within a protective plastic shield, are designed to be suspended in liquid with PVC-insulated wires. They are ideal for applications where rigid electrode rods are impractical or cumbersome, such as:
• Deep Wells
• Pump Control
• Waste Water
• Deep Tanks
7/8˝ (2.22 cm) diameter x 3-3/4˝ (9.52 cm) length. 3Z1A wire and 3Z1B adaptor kit required for use with 3E, 3F and 3N fittings.

Components Detail
Series 3W
How to Order
Select a 3W electrode, a 3Z1B adaptor and a length of 3Z1A suspension wire to form a complete suspended probe.

X 3Y X X
Series
3Y
Shield Material
1 – PVC
Probe Tip Material
C – 316 Stainless Steel
D – Carp. 20
Length of Wire
1 – 10 feet
2 – 20 feet
F – Hastelloy C
3 – Teflon
®
3 – 30 feet
etc.

Series 3Y – Corrosion Resistant Probes
 Metallic Bars
 Corrosion Resistant
 Available in Many Materials for Various Requirements
 Adaptable for Various Fittings
Series 3Y wire suspended probes consist of metallic bars within a protective plastic shield, designed to be suspended in liquid. Series 3Y suspension wires are PVC or Teflon
® insulated for use in corrosive liquid applications. 7/8˝ (2.22 cm) diameter x 3-1/2˝ (8.90 cm) length.

Specifications
Style Wire suspended
Tip Material Carp. 20, Hastelloy C, 316 stainless steel Shield Material PVC 150°F (66°C), Teflon®
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code. Note:
3Z1B Connector
is used to connect
suspension wire
with 3B, 3E, 3F,
3G or 3N fitting.

Series 3Y
Applications
• General Purpose
• Wire Suspended Probes
• Corrosive Liquids, Chemicals

FITTINGS AND PROBES
~
L T
E-23
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information. 14-5/8˝
REF.
7-3/16˝
REF.

X X 3CX
Series
3C
Number of Probes
1 – One
2 – Two
Body Material
A – Cast Iron
Length of Probes
(specify length – a suffix will be added by factory)
B – Red Brass
3 – Three
4 – Four
X X 3KX X
Series
3K
Number of Probes
1 – One
2 – Two
Tricock Tappings
NPT
A – None
B – 1/2˝ NPT
C – 3/4˝ NPT
D – 1/2˝ NPT
E – 3/4˝ NPT
NPT Size
Gauge
1 – None
2 – None
3 – 1/2˝ NPT
4 – 1/2˝ NPT
5 – 3/4˝ NPT
6 – 3/4˝ NPT
Length of Probes
(Probes may be cut to desired length)
AG – One 13˝ probe
M – Four, 13˝ each
Location
1 None
Left
Left
Right
Right
Equalizer
1˝ NPT
1-1/4˝ NPT
1˝ NPT
1-1/4˝ NPT
1˝ NPT
1-1/4˝ NPT
3 – Three
4 – Four
R – Two, 13˝ each
Z – Three, 13˝ each

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 3C-K / p1of1 / 23-MAY-14
Series 3C – Short External Mount Side Chamber
Series 3K – Long External Mount Side Chamber
 Side Mounting  Tricock Tappings
 Gauge Tappings  1-4 Probes
 Pressure Tight  Cast Iron and Brass
 CSA Approved  U.L. Recognized
 FM Approved
Series 3C side chamber fittings are cast iron or brass, pressure-tight chambers containing up to 4 probes from 1-1/2˝ to 6˝ in length. Pipe tappings provide connection to the side of boilers and pressure vessels to equalize the level in the chamber with the level in the vessel.

Series 3K fittings contain up to 4 probes and accommodate probes from 1-3/4˝ to 13˝ in length. Additional tappings are available for tricocks and gauges.

Specifications
Probes 1 thru 4, with 316 Stainless Steel/Teflon® wetted parts Body Material
Series 3C Cast iron, red brass
Series 3K Cast iron
Pressure/Temperature 250 psig (17.2 bar) @ 406°F (200°C) (saturated steam) Probe Length
Series 3C 1-1/2˝ to 6˝ (3.81 cm to 15.24 cm)
Series 3K 1-3/4˝ to 13˝ (4.45 cm to 33.02 cm)
Approvals U.L. File # MP2489, Vol. 1, Sec. 2; CSA; FM
How to Order Series 3C
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

Notes:

1. Contact your representative for more details on this fitting.

2. The 3C attaches to a vessel by two 1˝ NPT tappings, one 1˝ NPT blowdown port and one 3/4˝ NPT side port.

Series 3C
Series 3K
Applications
• Boilers
• Hydropneumatic Tanks
• Steam Generators
• Pressure Vessels
• Pump Operation
• Low Water / High Water Alarm
How to Order Series 3K
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

Note:

1. Viewer facing gauge glass
~ ms· ____________ _
Sensors & Controls
T
l
E-24
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

X X 3SXX X
Series
3S
Number of Probes
1 – One
2 – Two
3 – Three
Mounting Method
A – Flange
Length of Longest Probe
(Enter dimension in inches)
Pipe
blank – Standard 1-1/2˝ galvanized pipe (included)
A – No pipe (customer supplied pipe)
B – Wall mount bracket
4 – Four
5 – Five
6 – Six
7 – Seven

FLANGE OR

WALL MOUNTING

SENSOR PROBES
(UP TO 7 PROBES)

WATER & SODIUM

BICARBONATE SOLUTION
18˝
(APPROX.)

NEOPRENE
BULB

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Series 3S/ p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 3S
Multi-Wire Suspended Fittings
 Probe Isolation
 Long Length
The 3S series electrode fitting is designed to provide isolation of electrodes from liquids containing solids, grease, soaps, sludge, rags, paper and other debris commonly found in wastewater and sewage pumping applications.

Isolation is accomplished by enclosing wire suspended electrodes within a 1-1/2˝ galvanized pipe assembly with a neoprene flexible bulb installed on the lower end of the pipe. The bulb and pipe assemblies contain 3-1/2 quarts clean water with one ounce of sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).

When mounted in a sump, the pipe and bulb assembly is acted on by the hydrostatic pressure exerted by the liquid outside the bulb. Assuming the density of the liquid outside is equal to water, the height of the water inside the bulb will equal the height outside.

Specifications
Probes 1 thru 7
Materials of Construction Cast iron, galvanized pipe, stainless steel, neoprene Type of Connection 3˝ flange (7-1/2˝ O.D.), or bracket
Terminal Housing Die-cast aluminum, epoxy coated
Pressure Atmosphere
Temperature -40°F to +212°F (-40°C to +100°F)
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to
construct a product code.

Note:

Overall length is approximately 18˝ more than distance to longest electrode.

Probe is adjusted by customer in the field.

Applications
• Sewage
• Water/Wastewater
• Storm Runoff
Series 3S

FITTINGS AND PROBES
(Q)
E-25

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

X X 3MX
Series
3M
Number of Probes
1 – One
2 – Two
Probe Length (feet)
A – 1
Body Contour (2˝ size)
1 – 45∞ Bevel 2 – Tri-Clamp 3 – Quick-Clamp
B – 2 C – 3
3 – Three
4 – Four PROBE
LENGTH
1-1/4˝ REF .
1-1/4˝ REF .

Quick-Clamp
Tri-Clamp
45° Bevel
1-7/16˝

BANANA JACK
MATERIAL: SS
45° BEVEL
BODY MATERIAL:

NYLON 66
XX X 3MT
Series
3MT
Number of Probes
1 – One
2 – Two
Body Style (2˝ size)
NT20 – Nylon Tri-Clamp
NB20 – Nylon 45° Bevel
3 – Three
4 – Four
Series 3M/3MT / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Series 3M – Food Grade Fitting
Series 3MT – Food Grade Fitting
 Easy Removal for Cleaning
 CSA Approved
 FDA Approved Materials
Designed for use in food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications where cleanliness is vital. Two-piece Series 3M assemblies can handle up to 4 probes. FDA-approved materials. Engineered for fast removal of fitting to facilitate cleaning and sterilization.

Series 3MT fittings are similar to 3M fittings, except they also feature Teflon ®-covered
probes with polished tips to meet the most demanding application requirements.

Specifications
Probes 1 thru 4
Body Contour 45° bevel, Tri-Clamp, Quick Clamp
Body Material Type 66 Nylon
Probe Material
Series 3M 316 stainless steel, cut to length by user
Series 3MT Teflon®-covered 316 stainless steel probes.

Tip polished to RA <25 microns max. spec. (factory set lengths) Pressure/Temperature 150 psig (10.3 bar) @ 150°F (65°C) Approvals FDA-approved materials; CSA
How to Order Series 3M
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

UPPER

ASSEMBLY

LOWER ASSEMBLY BODY
PROBES
Series 3M
Series 3MTComponents ordered
separately; see bottom of page
Probe Length
measured from
bottom of body
How to Order Series 3MT
3MT components must be ordered separately.

Step 1. Upper Assembly*:

Select one part number.
7790575 – 1 Probe
7790577 – 2 Probes
7790581 – 3 Probes
7790584 – 4 Probes
Body Styles
Applications
• Food & Beverage
• Pharmaceutical
• CIP
Step 3. Probe Lengths*:

Select a length for each probe to be used;
maximum four.

Probe 1 3MTPRL __ (inches)
Probe 2 3MTPRL __ (inches)
Probe 3 3MTPRL __ (inches)
Probe 4 3MTPRL __ (inches)
* Probe length must be specified in whole inches,
06˝ to 36˝. Length is not field adjustable.

Step 2. Lower Assembly:

Complete part number based on Upper
Assembly selected and Body Style.

UPPER

ASSEMBLY

LOWER ASSEMBLY BODY
PROBES
*10' lead length standard.

FITTINGS AND PROBES~ ms· ____ _
Sensors & Controls
l
_J
~--~: e:

E-26

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.LWC-800 Series / p1of1 / 16-APR-14

LOW-WATER CUTOFF SENSORS

GROUND LUG

CONTROLLER
O-RING 3-928
3/4˝ NPT PORTS (2X)

FLOAT ASSY
2 O.D. (STD)
(50.8)
2-5/8 DIA. REF.
(66.7)
STEM
1/4-20

MTG HOLES

RETAINING
RING
2-1/2 REF.
(63.5)
1-3/4
(44.5)
4-1/4 REF.
(108)
inch
(mm)

ACTUATION
LEVEL
7 REF.
(177.8)
6 (152.4)
6 (152.4)
J/BOX NEMA 1

SHOWN WITH

COVER REMOVED
(FIVE 7/8 (22.2) CONDUIT

KNOCKOUTS AVAILABLE)
LWC-800 Series
Low Level Cut Off Control
 External Mounting
 Meets CSD1 Requirements
 U.L. Recognized "Limit Control"
 Compact Size
 Options Include: Manual Reset, Power Outage Feature,
and Test Feature
Gems LWC-800 is designed for boiler low-water cutoff protection, and offers the most compact package for boiler and steam generators. For added safety, the sensor assembly incorporates redundant reed switches at the actuation level. The LWC-800 Series is ideal for R.O., distilled, or deionized water systems.

Optional Features:
• Power Outage feature allows for resets after nuisance power outages; • Reset Button feature to be used when device has been deactivated due to low water condition. A Reset is activated only after water has returned to normal level.

Specifications
Wetted Materials
Bottle Housing Brass
Stem and Mounting Brass
Float Assembly 316 Stainless Steel
O-Ring Viton
®
Retaining Ring Beryllium Copper
Pressure Rating 150 PSI (1034 KPA)
Temperature Range 0°F to 305°F (-18°C to 151°C); 350°F (176°C) max. intermittent Mounting Attitude Vertical, J-Box Up
Controller
Contacts SPDT, Dry Contacts
Contact Ratings 10A @ 120/220/240 VAC Resistive (120°F/49°C)

1A @ 120, 208/240, 240 Resistive (150°F/66°C)
1/3 HP @ 120, 208/240, 240 VAC
Secondary Circuit 2.3 V
AC RMS, <1 mA
Sensitivity 10K
Ambient Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +66°C)
Time Delay 0.5 Seconds on Rising Level
Approvals UL Recognized per UL-353, Limit Controls (for supply voltages

of 120 VAC or less)

How to Order
Specify Part Number based on configuration.

Description Part Number
LWC-800 Integrated 243340
LWC-800 – 1-Foot Conduit 243345
LWC-800 – 2-Foot Conduit 243350
Dimensions
1 OR 2 FOOT

CONDUIT
Switch Actuation

REDUNDANT REED SWITCHES

AT ACTUATION LEVEL
N.O. DRY CONDITION

LOW-WATER CUTOFF

CONTROLLER
120 VAC INPUT VOLTAGE
(CUSTOMER INPUT CONNECTION)
L1
LLCO
COM
NC
COM
NO
L2
,--7
,-----' ~
L - - _J
E-27
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS LWC-700/720 Series / p1of2 / 16-MAY-14 LWC-700/720 Series
Low Level Cut Off and Pump Up Control
 Internal Mounting
 Meets CSD1 Requirements
 U.L. Recognized "Limit Control"
 Compact Size
 Options Include: Manual Reset, Power Outage Feature,
and Test Feature
Gems LWC-700 is designed for boiler low-water cutoff protection, and offers the most compact internally mounting package for boiler and steam generators. The 720 Series includes the low-water cutoff function and adds Pump Up control for more sophisticated and convenient automation. For added safety, the sensor assembly incorporates redundant reed switches at the actuation level. The LWC-700 and LWC- 720 Series are ideal for R.O., distilled, or deionized water systems.

Specifications
Wetted Materials
Stem, Mounting, Collars Brass or Stainless Steel
Float Assembly 316 Stainless Steel
Pressure Rating 150 PSI (1034 KPA)
Temperature Range 0°F to 305°F (-18°C to 151°C); 350°F (176°C) max. intermittent Float Acceptable Overtravel 1/16˝ to 1/4˝ (1.6 mm to 6.5 mm) on Closure; 1/16˝ (1.6 mm) min. on Opening
Mounting Attitude Vertical, J-Box Up
Controller
Contacts SPDT, Dry Contacts
Contact Ratings 10A @ 120/220/240 VAC Resistive (120°F/49°C) 1A @ 120, 208/240, 240 Resistive (150°F/66°C)
1/3 HP @ 120, 208/240, 240 VAC
Secondary Circuit 2.3 VAC RMS, <1 mA
Sensitivity 10K
Ambient Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +66°C)
Time Delay 0.5 Seconds on Rising Level
Approvals UL Recognized per UL-353, Limit Controls (for supply voltages of 120 VAC or less)

Mounting Types
Type 1
1˝ NPT
Type 2
1-5/16˝-12UNF-2A1
Notes:

1. Mounting plug dimensions per SAE J1926.

Switch Actuation
700 Series
Conduit Option
720 Series
SPACER
1 1/2˝ HEX.

SPACER
1-1/2˝ HEX.
#24052, O-RING, VITON® (3-916)
SPACER
1 1/2˝ HEX.

SPACER
1-1/2˝ HEX.
#24052, O-RING, VITON® (3-916)

REDUNDANT REED SWITCHES

AT ACTUATION LEVEL
N.O. DRY CONDITION

LOW WATER CUTOFF

CONTROLLER
120 VAC INPUT VOLTAGE
(CUSTOMER INPUT CONNECTION)
L1 L2
LLCO
COM
NC
COM
NO

PUMP CONTROL

REDUNDANT REED SWITCHES

AT ACTUATION LEVEL
N.O. DRY CONDITION

LOW WATER CUTOFF CONTROLLER

WITH PUMP UP CONTROL
G
L1 L2
H LLCO
L G
RESET
SW
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
1 OR 2 FOOT

CONDUIT

ALTERNATE CONDUIT VERSION

FOR REMOTE CONTROL MOUNTING
720 Series shown
~ ms· Sensors&Controls ---------------------------------- E-28

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.LWC-700/720 Series / p2of2 / 16-MAY-14 LWC XXX X XX XXX L1XX L2XX* X
Type
700 Series
720 Series
Mounting Type
1 1 NPT
2 1-5/16˝-12UNF-2A
Unit Material
BR Brass
SS Stainless Steel
Conduit
INT Integrated
CN1 1 ft Conduit
CN2 2 ft Conduit
L1 Actuation Level (in)
L2 Actuation Level (in)*
* Used for 720 Series only; leave blank for 700 Series. • Actuation level distances and LO (Length Overall) are measured from the inner surface of the mounting plug.
• LO = L1 + 1-1/8˝ (28.6mm)
• L2 may be no less than 2 inches (50.8mm) from L1 actuation level.

Notes:

1. Dimensions based on liquid specific gravity of 1.0.

2. Tolerence on actuation levels is ±1/8
˝ (3.2mm).

Dimensions
700 Series 720 Series
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code. + +
J/BOX, NEMA 1

SHOWN WITH

COVER REMOVED
(FIVE 7/8 (22.2) CONDUIT

KNOCKOUTS AVAILABLE)

CONTROLLER
WIRE, 22 AWG TEFLON
®

EPOXY POTTING CAP
JAM NUT, 1/2˝ NPT
SPACER
1˝ NPT REF

COLLARS
(2 REQ)
FLOAT

ACTUATION LEVEL
5/16˝ DIA. STEM
LO
L1
(LWCO)
6 (152.4)
6 (152.4)
inch
(mm)
WIRE, 22 AWG TEFLON®

EPOXY POTTING CAP
JAM NUT, 1/2˝ NPT
SPACER
1˝ NPT REF
COLLARS (4 REQ)

LOW LEVEL CUT-OFF FLOAT

WATER MAKE-UP FLOAT

ACTUATION LEVEL
MIN. DISTANCE FROM

END OF STEM TO

LOWEST ACTUATION
LEVEL = 1-1/8 (28.6)
MIN. DISTANCE TO

HIGHEST ACTUATION
LEVEL = 13/16 (20.6)
L1
(LWCO)
LO
5/16˝ DIA. STEM
6 (152.4)
6 (152.4)
J/BOX, NEMA 1

SHOWN WITH

COVER REMOVED
(FIVE 7/8 (22.2) CONDUIT

KNOCKOUTS AVAILABLE)

CONTROLLER
inch
(mm)
L2 –
Control Options
700 Series
Control Options Part No.

CodeN.C. Pushbutton Power Outage Test Feature
• C
• E
• B
• • F
• • Y
• • Z
• • • A
720 Series
Control Options Part No.

CodeN.C. Pushbutton Power Outage Test Feature
• S
• K
• B
• • G
• • Y
• • Z
• • • A
Note: Actuation levels are calibrated on ascending fluid levels.

LOW-WATER CUTOFF SENSORS
rF
L
T
I
I I
I
I I
E-29

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

CP Series / p1of1 / 24-MAR-16
CP Series Control Panels
Standard Level Control
System Electrical Panels
 NEMA-1 Enclosure – General Purpose
 NEMA-4 Enclosure – Water Resistant
 NEMA-4X Enclosure – Corrosion and Water Resistant

Optional Equipment – Visual Alarms, High & Low Audible/Silent Alarms, Hand-off Auto Switches
When it comes to control panels, Gems Sensors can satisfy most requirements with our new family of CP Series Panels. These standard models were specifically designed around our most popular panel types. These industrial control panels interface with level and flow switches, Warrick conductance probes and a variety of sensors and are factory set for pump up/pump down. Gems can provide the panel and sensors you need for intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe environments. With each control panel, Gems provides electrical and mechanical drawings along with installation and operations manuals.

Specifications
Contact Design SPST
Contact Rating (120 VAC) 10 amp Resistive
Primary Voltage 120 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65°C) Ambient
Enclosure Type NEMA 1, NEMA 4, NEMA 4X Fiberglass
Approvals U.L. 508A File # E100709;
U.L. 698A File # E120178 (Series 67 control only)
Single-function standard panel
Applications
• Simplex Pump Up/Down
• Duplex Pump Up/Down
• Pump Alternation
• Valve Fill & Drain
CP XX XX X X X 1 X X
Control Relay
16 Series 16M; 67 Series 67
Panel Function
A1 Simplex Pump Down; A2 Simplex Pump Up;
B1 Duplex Pump Down w/Alternation;
B2 Duplex Pump Up w/Alternation;
S1 Solenoid Valve Drain; S2 Solenoid V
alve Fill
Visual Alarms
A None; B High Level; C Low Level;
D High & Low Level
Optional Features
0 None; 1 Hand-Off Auto Switches;
2 Running/Valve Open Lights; 3 Both Options 1 & 2
Alarm Options
A None; B Audible/Visual/Contacts
Input Voltage
1 120 VAC
Control Sensitivity
C 26K ohms direct; M 26K ohms inverse;
D 50K ohms direct; N 50K ohms inverse
Enclosure Type
1 NEMA 1 (indoor); 4 NEMA 4 (indoor/outdoor);
4X NEMA 4X Fiberglass (indoor/outdoor)
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code.

See Our Interstitial Tank Monitoring Products
on page A-22.

PANEL CONTROLS AND ALARMS~ ms· ______ _
Sensors & Controls
~ I CON1IIOLS1
c@us
-- -- -- -- --
0 @
E-30
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

Interface Contacts Part Number
N.O. Dry (Sensor Normally Dry) RA-431A-0
N.C. Dry (Sensor Normally Wet) RA-431B-0
Interface Contacts Number of
Channels Part Number
N.O. Dry
(Sensor Normally Dry)
1 TA-731A-0
2 TA-732A-0
N.C. Dry
(Sensor Normally Wet)
1 TA-731B-0
2 TA-732B-0
ALARM

TEST ACKNOWLEDGE

CAUTIONPOWER
Adjustable sound level from 77 to 97 dB
via moveable horn shutter
Red LED indicates fault condition is current
Yellow LED indicates fault condition has occurred
even if fault has cleared itself (RA and TA731)
Green LED indicates panel has power
Acknowledge button allows direct alarm silencing
Test button allows alarm activation and system testing

3.88"
(97 mm)

1.96"
(50 mm)

6.299"
(160 mm)

1.5"
(38 mm)
L1 L2 GND GND S1
120V A.C.

INPUT
SENSOR

DRY CONTACT/

CONDUCTIVE
PROBES
120 VAC
SUPPLY
L1
L1
L2
L2
120 VAC
GND
GND

NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING

METAL CONDUIT HUB

GROUNDED

INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING

NON-HAZARDOUS AREA

HAZARDOUS AREA

CLASS I GROUPS A, B, C, D

CLASS II GROUPS E, F , G
CLASS III, DIVISION 1

HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
10 AMP- 120/240 VAC
10 AMP- 30VDC
CONTACT RATINGS:

UL LISTED SEAL OFF FITTING
SENSOR 1

NC C NO
GND S1
SENSOR 2
GND S2
{
}
Auxillary Contacts
(TA 731)
(TA 732)

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
RA431/TA73x Series / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
RA431 and TA73x Alarm Panels
Scream Warning @ 97 dB
RA Features
• Can be used with conductivity
probes
• Small footprint design
• Size 6 pan head screw connections
TA Features
• Intrinsically safe approved
• Auxiliary contact for remote
annunciation or cutoff
•
One or two channels
• Two conduit connection hubs
Specifications
Supply Voltage 120 VAC +10%/-15%, 4.8 VA Max.

Indicators Red, Green and Yellow Solid-State LED’s
Audible Alarm Field Adjustable From 77 to 97 dB @ 2 Feet Enclosure
TA Series Polycarbonate
RA Series NEMA 4 – Weather tight polycarbonate
Sensor Voltage 12 VAC or 12 VDC
Terminals Size 6 Pan Head Screws with Captive Wire
Clamping Plate
Temperature -22°F to +150°F (-5.5°C to +65.5°C)
Sensitivity 0-26K Ohm Maximum Specific Resistance
Maximum Wire Run 1000 Feet (14 or 16 Gauge MTW or THHN Wire) Conduit Connection 3/4˝ FNPT, PVC Material
Listings
TA Series U.L. 913 Intrinsically Safe, File # E44570
RA Series U.L. 508 Motor Control, File # E138209
RA-431 shown.

TA Series includes an
additional 1/2˝ NPT
conduit connection
for power.

Dimensions
Wiring – RA Series
Wiring – TA Series
How To Order
Select Part Number based on switch logic and number of channels.

RA Series
Used for non-hazardous liquid monitoring applications.

TA Series
Intrinsically-safe for hazardous locations.
r -i r 7
1 00 00
l..l--------,--1 00 00
I
I '--:ti-= I _____ _
I I
E-31

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

DMS-478
NORMAL
1 234
10˝
11˝
8˝
3˝

TEST SILENCE
DMS-478

NORMAL NORMAL
12341234
12˝
13˝
12˝
3˝

TEST SILENCE TEST SILENCE
DMS-470/570 Series / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
DMS 470/570 Series
Leak Detection Systems
for UST and AST Storage Tanks
 Low Cost
 U.L. Approved Intrinsically Safe
 Easily Maintained

Audio/Visual Alarm
The DMS 470/570 monitoring systems are ideal for a number of UST and AST monitoring applications. The DMS 470 includes an audible bell while the DMS 570 uses a piezoelectric horn. Applications include vapor monitoring of monitoring wells surrounding single wall tanks, high/low product level alarms, vapor sensors for single wall piping and piping sump sensors for double wall piping.

Auxiliary Contacts
Auxiliary alarm contacts are also available for interfacing to remote alarms, computers, tank gauging systems, phone dialers, etc.

Specifications
Contact Design SPDT (1 form C), one normally open, one normally closed Contact Rating 120 VAC or 30 VAC, 10A, 1/3 h.p.

Sensitivity Range 0-50,000 ohms max. specific resistance Remote Alarm Contact Terminals; 7 N.C., 8 com, 9 N.O.

Primary Voltage 120 VAC (+10%/-15%) 60 Hz
Probe Voltage Nominal 12 VAC @ 6ma RMS
Optional Auxiliary Contacts One relay contact per channel Optional “Check”
Push Button Board* Terminals: Size four (4) pan head screw with a clamping plate; will accept up to 14 AWG.

Enclosure Type NEMA 3R; optional NEMA 4, Weather-proof; optional NEMA 4X, Fiberglass
Temperature -40°F to +150°F (-40°C to +65.5°C)
Approval U.L. Listed (U.L. 913) E120178
*For media discrimination in-storage tank
How to Order
Use the Bold characters from the chart below to construct a product code. One set of auxiliary contacts is standard with every four (4) channels supplied. A common test button is standard for every four (4) channels supplied. The fuel/water check buttons listed below are used to distinguish water or hydrocarbon when three wire sensors are used. Each sensor or detection point requires its own channel.

Applications
Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks (AST)
• Leak Detection • Overfill
• Refill
Underground Fuel Storage Tanks (UST)
•
High Level Alarm • Leak Detection
• Piping Sumps • Monitoring Well
Dimensions
4 Channel
8 Channel

DMS XX X X X XX
Series
47 audible bell; 57 piezoelectric horn
Number of Channels
1 1 Channel; 2 2 Channels; 3
3 Channels; 4 4 Channels;
8 8 Channels; 12 12 Channels; 16 16 Channels;
Fuel/W
ater Check Push Buttons
A No Check Buttons; B Check Buttons, 4; C Check Buttons, 8; D Check Buttons, 12; F Check Button, 1;
G Check Buttons, 2; H Check Buttons, 3
Auxiliary Contacts
1 None; 2 Aux. Contacts, 4; 3
Aux. Contacts, 8; 4 Aux. Contacts, 12;
6 Aux. Contact, 1; 7 Aux. Contacts, 2; 8 Aux. Contacts, 3 Enclosure
N4 NEMA 4 option; N4XFG NEMA 4X fiberglass option See Our Interstitial Tank Monitoring Products on page A-22.

PANEL CONTROLS AND ALARMS~ ms· ______ _
Sensors & Controls
-e- -e-
l ©
©©©©
(j) 0
J
-I ~
-e-
-e- -e-
© ©
I
©©©© ©©©©
0 0 ell 0
0 E-32
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

Part
No. Application Primary
Voltage
Secondary
Voltage Sensitivity Contact Rating Mode of
Operation
TK-1 Tank refill
115 VAC
12 VAC
26K 10 amp Resistive
1/3 hp
Inverse
TK-2 Tank drain Direct
WK-1 Well or sump refill 115 VAC or
230 VAC 19K
30 amp Resistive
1 hp @ 115VAC or
2 hp @ 240 VAC
Inverse
WK-2 Well or sump drain Direct
HP-1 Tank refill
115 VAC 26K 10 amp Resistive
1/3 hp
Inverse
HP-2 Tank drain Direct

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
Warrick Kits / p1of1 / 3-APR-14
Solutions in a Box:

Application-Specific Kits
Bring Simplicity to Systems Engineering
 Time Savers
 No Component Selection Hassles
 Compatible Components
 Little or No Assembly
If you need to automatically refill or drain tanks, wells or pressurized vessels, these convenient pre-packaged kits contain everything you need. These Warrick® level control kits combine all the know-how and components you’ll need to add automatic control to pump-up/pump-down operations. Each kit is supplied with controllers, probes, electrical enclosures and full instructions.

TK Kits – Refill or Drain Open Tanks
TK-1 Kits are designed to automatically control the refill pump in open tanks and ponds that drain regularly, turning the pump ON when the liquid level in the tank drops to a point and turning it OFF when the level rises back to a second point.

No assembly is required, just connect wire to control.

TK-2 Kits are designed for the opposite application–controlling the drain pump in open tanks and ponds that fill regularly. It turns the pump ON when the liquid level rises to a point and turns it OFF when the level drops back to a point.

WK Kits – Refill or Drain Wells
WK Kits are designed for use in wells. WK-1 Kits control refill in wells that drain regularly; WK-2 Kits control the pump-down in wells that fill regularly. Minimal assembly is required. WK Kits can also be used for low-water cutoff applications.

Length of suspension wire is 50 feet. Additional suspension wire (3Z1A) is available from your local Warrick Controls Stocking Representative or Distributor.

HP Kits – Refill or Drain Pressure Vessels
HP-1 Kits are designed to automatically control the refill pump in up to 125 psi pressure vessels that drain regularly, turning the pump ON when the liquid level in the vessel drops to a low point and turning it OFF when the level rises back to a high point. Minimal assembly is required. Also for low-pressure sealed vessels.

HP-2 Kits are designed for the opposite application–controlling the drain pump in pressure vessels that fill regularly. It turns the pump ON when the liquid level rises to a high point and turns it OFF when the level drops back to a certain point.

How To Order
Select Part Number based on application. Each kit contains everything needed for specified application: control, fitting, probes, electrical enclosure, and instructions.

TK-1 shown
WK-1 shown
HP-2 shown
TK-1
I I
E-33
Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information.

WARRICK CONDUCTIVITY SENSORS
XX Series / p1of3 / 3-APR-14
NOTES
j
I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L ___ J ____ L __ _

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---~----~---1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r--- 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---~----L---1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r---,----r--- 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I sioJiuoo 'll SJosues
.SW~

Warranty

One Source
A Sonepar Company
3951 Oceanic Drive, Oceanside, CA 92056 I P: 760-966-4500 I F: 760-966-4599 I www.lsourcedist.com ENGLISH (US) Revised January 2025
1 Publication 6500
Rockwell Automation Company 'Confidential'

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

1. GENERAL. These general terms and conditions of sale (along with any associated written specification, quotation and/or supplemental terms and conditions provided by Seller) exclusively will govern the sale or licensing by Seller of all goods and services (including without limitation, hardware, firmware and software products, training, programming, maintenance, engineering, parts, repair and remanufacturing services – hereinafter, "Products") furnished to Buyer hereunder, whether such sale or licensing is effected by paper- based transactions or via facsimile or other forms of electronic data interchange (“EDI”) or electronic commerce, and represents the entire agreement between Buyer and Seller with respect thereto. Buyer’s receipt or acceptance of delivery of any of the Products ordered or purchased hereunder will constitute its acceptance of these terms and conditions. No addition or modification to these terms and conditions will be binding on Seller unless agreed to in writing signed by an authorized representative at Seller’s headquarters. Seller objects to and rejects other terms and conditions that may be proposed by Buyer or that appear on or are referenced in Buyer’s purchase order or requisition that are in addition to or otherwise not consistent with the terms and conditions set forth or referenced herein.

2. PAYMENT TERMS. Net thirty (30) days from date of invoice with ongoing approved credit as determined by Seller. Seller may render partial invoices and require progressive payments. Seller reserves the right to render invoices electronically and to receive payment by way of electronic funds transfer. Payment by credit card, when permitted, is subject to credit card validation and authorization both at time of agreement and immediately prior to shipment. Seller reserves the right to suspend any further performance hereunder or otherwise in the event payment is not made when due. No payment by offset is permitted. Interest charges will be added to overdue invoices at the rate of 1.5% per month (subject to any limit imposed by applicable law).

3. DELIVERY TERMS. Buyer is responsible for all shipping and handling charges. Delivery terms are FCA Seller's plant or designated location (per current Incoterms 2020) and Seller will arrange, prepay and add all shipping, handling, custom, insurance and similar charges incurred by Seller or as otherwise agreed to as evidenced by Seller's order acknowledgment. In all cases title transfers to Buyer upon the earlier of Seller's delivery to Buyer or receipt by the first carrier for transport to Buyer, except t hat title to all intellectual property rights associated with the Products remains with Seller or its suppliers and licensors. Acknowledged shipping dates are approximate only and based on prompt receipt of all necessary information from Buyer. Seller disc laims all liability for late delivery. Where applicable, prepaid shipping and handling charges will be billed as a separate invoice item.

4. WARRANTY.
(a) Hardware: Sell
er warrants that new hardware Products furnished hereunder will be free from defects in material, workmanship and design for a period of one (1) year from the date of invoice from Seller or its appointed distributor, as the case may be. Repaired or replacement Products provided as a result of this warranty subparagraph are similarly warranted for a period of six (6) months from the date of shipment to Buyer or the remainder of the original warranty term for that particular Product, whichever is longer.
(b) Software and Firmware: Unless otherwise provided in a Seller or third party license, Seller warrants that standard software or firmware Products furnished hereunder, when used with Seller-specified hardware, will perform in accordance with published specifications prepared, approved, and issued by Seller for a period of one (1) year from the date of invoice from Seller or its appointed distributor, as the case may be. Seller makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, that the operation of the software or firmware Products will be uninterrupted or error free, or that the functions contained therein will meet or satisfy Buyer's intended use or requirements. (c) Non-Warrant
y Factory Remanufacture, Repair and Field Exchange: Seller warrants that non -warranty factory remanufactured or field exchanged hardware Products or repaired hardware Product components will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of invoice from Seller or its appointed distributor, as the case may be. Repaired or replacement Products provided as a result of this warranty subparagraph are warranted for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of shipment to Buyer or the remainder of the original warranty term, whichever is longer.

ENGLISH (US) Revised January 2025
2 Publication 6500
Rockwell Automation Company 'Confidential'
(d) Services: Seller warrants that Products comprised solely of services (e.g., training, on -site repair, engineering and custom application programming services) will be performed by appropriately skilled personnel employed or retained by Seller.
(e) “Open Box” Products : Seller warrants that hardware Products sold as “Open Box” (e.g., customer and distributor returns, factory refurbished or reconditioned, etc.) will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of invoice from Seller or its appointed distributor, as the case may be. “Open Box” Products, while serviceable, may not reflect the latest series or revision. Repaired or replacement Products provided as a result of this warranty subparagraph are similarly warranted for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of shipment to Buyer or the remainder of the original ninety- day warranty term for that particular Product, whichever is longer.
(f) Buyer Specifications/Compatibility: Seller does not warrant and will not be liable for any design, materials, construction criteria or goods furnished or specified by Buyer (including that sourced from other manufacturers or vendors specified by Buyer). Any warranty applicable to such Buyer- specified items will be limited solely to the warranty, if any, extended by the original manufacturer or vendor directly or indirectly to Buyer. Seller does not warrant the compatibility of its Products with the goods of other manufacturers or Buyer’s application except to the extent expressly represented in Seller’s published specifications or written quotation. (g) Recyclable Materials: In kee
ping with environmental policies and practices, Seller reserves the right to utilize in its product manufacturing, repair and remanufacturing processes certain recyclable materials (e.g., fasteners, plastics and the like) or remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or parts which may have been subject to incidental use. However, such utilization will not affect any provided Product warranty or published reliability statistics.
(h) Remedies: Remed
ies under the above warranties will be limited, at Seller’s option, to the replacement, repair, re-performance or modification of, or issuance of a credit for the purchase price, of the Products involved, and where applicable, only after the return of such Products pursuant to Seller's instructions. Replacement Products may be new, remanufactured, refurbished or reconditioned at Seller’s discretion. Buyer requested on- site warranty service (consisting of time, travel and expenses related to such services) will be at Buyer’s expense. The foregoing will be the exclusive remedies for any breach of warranty or breach of contract arising therefrom. (i) General: Warra
nty satisfaction is available only if (a) Seller is provided prompt written notice of the warranty claim and (b) Seller’s examination discloses that any alleged defect has not been caused by misuse; neglect; improper installation, operation, maintenance, repair, alteration or modification by other than Seller; accident; or unusual deterioration or degradation of the Products or parts thereof due to physical environment or electrical or electromagnetic noise environment.
(j) THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, WHET

HER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, OR PERFORMANCE OR APPLICATION WARRANTIES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. Rights under the above warranties (subject to noted limitations) extend to Buyer’s customers if Buyer is a Seller-appointed distributor for the Products.

5. DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY

APPLICABLE LAW, SELLER WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF

PROFIT, REVENUE, MATERIALS, ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, DATA, CONTRACT, GOODWILL OR THE

LIKE (WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT IN NATURE) OR FOR ANY OTHER FORM OF INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. SELLER'S MAXIMUM CUMULATIVE

LIABILITY RELATIVE TO ALL OTHER CLAIMS AND LIABILITIES, INCLUDING OBLIGATIONS UNDER

ANY INDEMNITY, WHETHER OR NOT INSURED, WILL NOT EXCEED THE COST OF THE PRODUCT(S) GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OR LIABILITY. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY RELATIVE TO

GRATUITOUS INFORMATION OR ASSISTANCE PROVIDED BY, BUT NOT REQUIRED OF SELLER HEREUNDER. ANY ACTION AGAINST SELLER MUST BE BROUGHT WITHIN EIGHTEEN (18) MONTHS AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION ACCRUES. THESE DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY ENGLISH (US) Revised January 2025
3 Publication 6500
Rockwell Automation Company 'Confidential'

WILL APPLY REGARDLESS OF ANY OTHER CONTRARY PROVISION HEREOF AND REGARDLESS OF

THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, AND FURTHER WILL EXTEND TO THE BENEFIT OF SELLER’S VENDORS,

APPOINTED DIS TRIBUTORS AND OTHER AUTHORIZED RESELLERS AS THIRD -PARTY BENEFICIARIES. EACH PROVISION HEREOF WHICH PROVIDES FOR A LIMITATION OF LIABILITY,

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY OR CONDITION OR EXCLUSION OF DAMAGES IS SEVERABLE AND INDEPENDENT OF ANY OTHER PROVISION AND IS TO BE ENFORCED AS SUCH.

6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY . Except as excluded herein, Seller will defend any suit or proceeding brought against Buyer arising out of a claim that the design or construction of the Products sold or licensed hereunder by Seller infringes any patent, copyright or trademark granted or registered in the country of Seller’s shipping destination, provided (a) Buyer promptly notifies Seller in writing of any such claim and any suit or proceeding, (b) at Seller’s expense, Buyer gives Seller the sole right t o defend, settle and control the defense of the suit or proceeding, (c) Buyer provides all necessary information and assistance for such defense or settlement, and (d) Buyer takes no position adverse to Seller in connection with such claim. In the event Seller is obligated to defend such suit or proceeding, Seller will pay all costs and damages finally awarded or agreed upon by Seller that are directly related thereto. Seller’s obligations under this paragraph will be fulfilled if Seller, at its option and expense: (i) procures for Buyer the right to continue using such Products, (ii) replaces the same with non -infringing equipment/software having functionality similar to that of the Products, (iii) modifies the Products to make them non- infringing while retaining similar functionality, or (iv) if (i) -(iii) are not commercially practicable, refunds to Buyer the purchase price of the affected Products in exchange for their return. Seller will have no obligation to defend or for any other liability with respect to: [a] any suit or proceeding to the extent based on or arising out of a configuration or modification made, specified or requested by Buyer and which is incorporated into or constitutes the Products, [b] the use of the Products in a process or application specified, requested or controlled by Buyer or any third parties, or [c] the use of the Products in combination with other equipment, software or materials not supplied by Seller. As used in this paragraph, the term “Products” shall mean only Seller’s s tandard hardware and software that are generally commercially available, and expressly excludes third-party-branded equipment/software. THIS PARAGRAPH IS IN

LIEU OF ALL WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, THAT THE

PRODUCTS WILL BE FR EE OF THE RIGHTFUL CLAIM OF ANY THIRD PARTY BY WAY OF INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE.

7. RESALE OF THIRD-PARTY BRANDED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY

OTHER PROVISION HEREIN, SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS, PROVIDES NO INDEMNITIES (INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE), AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED RELATIVE TO ANY THIRD -PARTY BRANDED PRODUCT OR SERVICE (INCLUDING TRAINING) WHICH MAY BE RESOLD OR SUBLICENSED BY SELLER AS A DISCRETE ITEM HEREUNDER.

8. LICENSED SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE. Use of Products comprised of software or firmware may be subject to Buyer’s acceptance of additional terms and conditions set forth in separate Seller or third -party license agreements that will control to the extent necessary to resolve any conflict with the terms and conditions stated or otherwise referenced herein. In the absence of a separate Seller’s license agreement, Buyer is granted a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use provided Seller’s software or firmware only in object code form and solely in conjunction with Seller -provided Products, with no rights to sublicense, disclose, disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer, or otherwise modify the software or firmware.

9. PACKING AND MARKING. Buyer-specified packing or marking may be subject to additional charges not otherwise included in the price of the Products.

10. WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS . Published or advertised weights and dimensions are estimates or approximations only and are not warranted.

11. PRICES. Prices and other information shown in any Seller publication (including product catalogs and brochures) are subject to change without notice and to confirmation by specific quotation. Such publications are not offers to sell and are maintained only as a source of general information. Prices do not include sales, use, excise, customs, value-added or similar taxes. Buyer will pay or reimburse Seller for all such taxes as may be applicable.

ENGLISH (US) Revised January 2025
4 Publication 6500
Rockwell Automation Company 'Confidential'
Time and material services will be provided in accordance with Seller’s published service rates (including applicable overtime and travel expenses) in effect as of the date such services are provided, unless otherwise confirmed by Seller’s written quotation or order acknowledgment. Billable service time includes travel time to and from the job site and all time Seller’s representatives are available for work and waiting (whether on or off the job site) to perform the services. Given the volatility of potential tariffs, Seller may at any time prior to shipment, upon notice to Buyer, adjust the prices for Products to address any increase in any additional or new tariff, duty, or similar tax affecting the Products.

12. CHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS. Buyer-requested order changes, including those affecting the identity, scope and delivery of the Products, must be documented in writing and are subject to Seller’s prior approval and adjustments in price, scheduling and other affected terms and conditions. In any event, Seller reserves the right to reject any change that it deems unsafe, technically inadvisable or inconsistent with established engineering or quality guidelines and standards, or incompatible with Seller's desi gn or manufacturing capabilities. Seller further reserves the right to substitute using the latest superseding revision or series or equivalent Product having comparable form, fit and function.

13. RETURNS. All returns of Products will be pursuant to Seller’s instructions. Non -warranty returns of unused and resalable Products for credit will be subject to Seller’s return policies in effect at the time, including applicable restocking charges and other conditions of return. Products returned under warranty must be properly packed and shipped to Seller-specified locations. Shipping containers must be clearly marked per Seller’s instruction and shipped freight prepaid by Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all sales of “Open Box” Products and any third-party branded products are final and do not qualify for non-warranty return.

14. ORDER CANCELLATION. Cancellation by Buyer prior to shipment is permitted only by written notice and upon payment to Seller of reasonable cancellation and restocking charges, including reimbursement for direct costs.

Cancellation charges associated with orders for custom Pro ducts or Products specifically manufactured to Buyer’s specification may equal the actual selling price of the Products. Seller has the right to cancel an order for cause at any time by written notice, and Seller will be entitled to c ancellation and restocking charges as identified above. No termination by Buyer for cause will be effective unless and until Seller has failed to correct such alleged cause within forty-five (45) days after receipt of Buyer’s written notice specifying such cause.

15. FORCE MAJEURE. Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage or delay arising out of its failure (or that of its subcontractors) to perform hereunder due to causes beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God, acts or omissions of Buyer, acts of civil or military authority, fires, strikes, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, war, riots, acts of terrorism, delays in transportation, or transportation embargoes. In the event of such delay, Seller’s performance date(s) will be extended for such length of time as may be reasonably necessary to compensate for the delay.

16. GOVERNMENT CLAUSES AND CONTRACTS . Application of government contract regulations and clauses to the Products or the agreement evidenced by these terms and conditions are subject to the separate review and consent by an authorized representative at Seller’s headquarters. Products sold or licensed hereunder are not intended to be used, nor should they be used, in any nuclear -related application either as a "Basic Component" as defined under United States nuclear regulations or under similar nuclear laws and regulations of any other country or otherwise.

17. EXPORT CONTROL. Buyer acknowledges that the products, software, services and Customer Service - Compatible Application(s) may be subject to various export controls and regulations. Buyer agrees to comply with all applicable export and re-export laws and regulations, embargoes and sanctions including, but not limited to, those of the United States (collectively the “Export Laws”), and represents and warrants that all services provided hereunder, and any derivatives thereof will not be: (i) used, downloaded, exported, re -exported or transferred, directly or indirectly, contrary to the Export Laws; (ii) used for any purpose prohibited by the Export Laws, including but not limited to, the design, development, manufacture or production of nuclear, missile, chemical or biological weapons; and/or (iii) delivered to persons/entities otherwise ineligible to acquire or use the products or services provided hereunder.

ENGLISH (US) Revised January 2025
5 Publication 6500
Rockwell Automation Company 'Confidential'
Buyer represents and warrants that they are not subject to sanctions or otherwise designated on any list of prohibited or restricted parties, and are not owned 50% or more or controlled by such a party, including but not limited to the lists maintained by the United Nations Security Council, the U.S. Government (e.g., the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Specially Designated Nationals list and Foreign Sanctions Evaders list, and the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Entity List), the European Union or its member states, or other applicable government authority. Buyer further warrants that no sanctioned or blocked individual will be involved in the work envisioned under this agreement, including negotiations, contracting, or any other transactions, and shall advise Supplier immediately in the event an ownership or other change would violate any term in this section, in which case Supplier shall be relieved from any further responsibilities under this agreement.

Buyer understands that certain functionality of Software, such as encryption or authentication, may be subject to use, import or export restrictions in the event that you transfer the Software from the country of delivery, and you are responsible for complying with any such applicable restrictions. Buyer shall be responsible for procuring all required government authorizations for any subsequent export, import or use of the Service and any Buyer Service-Compatible Application(s) utilized by Buyer.

18. DISPUTES. The parties will attempt in good faith promptly to resolve any dispute arising hereunder by negotiations between representatives of the parties who have authority to settle the dispute. If unsuccessful, the parties further will attempt in good faith to settle the dispute by non- binding third-party mediation, with mediator fees and expenses apportioned equally to each side. Any dispute not so resolved by negotiation or mediation may then be submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with the terms hereof. These procedures are the exclusive procedures for the resolution of all such disputes between the parties.

19. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM . The agreement evidenced hereby and all disputes arising thereunder will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws and will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the state, province or other governmental juris diction in which Seller’s principal place of business resides, but specifically excluding the provisions of the 1980 UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sales of Goods. Should any term or provision hereof be held wholly or partly invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, the remainder of the agreement evidenced hereby will not be affected thereby.

20. ASSIGNMENT. The agreement evidenced hereby may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). However, consent will not be required for internal transfers and assignments as between Seller and its parent company, subsidiaries or affiliates as part of a consolidation, merger or any other form of corporate reorganization.

21. LANGUAGE. The parties acknowledge that they have required that the agreement evidenced hereby be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais du Contrat. In the event of a conflict between the English and other language versions, the English version will prevail.

Carlsbad City CouncilSeptember 29, 2026

Carlsbad City Council
September 29, 2026